{"title":"AAS Winners","description":"\u003cp\u003e\n Find our curated collection of seeds for AAS Award winning varieties of\n vegetable, herb \u0026amp; flower garden plants. AAS stands for “All-America\n Selection” and AAS Award winning varieties have been tested nationally and\n proven locally™ by professional gardeners and horticulturists across North\n America. AAS award winners are the best of the best in gardening seeds.\n\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"basil-dark-opal-seeds","title":"Basil Seeds - Dark Opal","description":"\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO, Heirloom Dark Opal Basil Herb Seed from True Leaf Market. Ocimum basilicum x purpurascens. As basil has many different varieties, Dark Opal Basil Herb is a striking heirloom that was grown during the 1950s at the University of Connecticut. With smooth burgundy-colored leaves, Dark Opal Basil gives off a bold aroma that's a blend between licorice, mint, ginger and sweet tea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003ci\u003e**Note: This seed varies widely in color, please be aware that the percentages of green and purple vary from lot to lot and is in no way consistent.**\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-herb-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Herb Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/grow-basil\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRead Full Basil Herb Growing Guide Instructions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Use for This Seed:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/basil-dark-opal-microgreens-seeds?variant=46587591560\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-microgreens.png?4946520050077590398\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eMicrogreen\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDark Opal Basil Herb Garden Planting Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/grow-basil\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e Read Full Basil Herb Growing Guide Instructions \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003eOcimum basilicum 'Purpurascens'\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDark Opal Basil Herb Days to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70+(leaves) 80-90(seeds)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDark Opal Basil Hardiness Zones:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9-11 Perennial, 3-9 Annual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDark Opal Basil Seed Planting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDark Opal Basil Seed Plant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDark Opal Basil Growth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\/bush\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rich and well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Japanese beetles, slugs and aphids\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDark Opal Basil Herb Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Burgundy leaves, light-pink flowers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDark Opal Basil Herb\/Seed Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bold licorice, ginger, minty, sweet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDark Opal Basil Growing Habits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Dark Opal Basil (Ocimum basilicum x purpurascens) can reach 12-18\" tall as compact bush plants. As late summer to early fall approaches, Dark Opal Basil develops smooth leaves that blend colors of silver dark-green and purple foliage\"giving off a bold licorice scent. These striking herbs reach their ideal harvesting before they bloom their light-pink flowers. As sweet basil varieties range widely in flavor, Dark Opal Basil is described to provide hints of ginger, tea, mint and anise. This active basil crop will bloom until the first frost arrives. Dark Opal Basil is also great for decorative planting or around the borders of your garden, as they attract beneficial pollinators.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBasil in general, is an ultimate hybrid herb with a lot of different strains. As basil is also ancient and has been crossbred overtime, it becomes a challenge for gardeners to pin down a single origin. Basil can be classified as either sweet or non-sweet. The more popular types are considered sweet. For example, a cultivar that isn't sweet would be clove basil. However, some sources often describe notes of clove as being \"sweet\", making basil a unique and diverse herb difficult to categorize.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBeverage Uses for Dark Opal Basil Herb Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis type of basil can be made into a sweet tea, as Dark Opal Basil contains anthocyanins\"a pigment compound that helps with inflammation. Even though this variety provides a bold licorice scent, the burgundy-colored leaves also contain hints of mint that compliment ginger, making Dark Opal Basil ideal for purple mojitos. You can also garnish drinks with the anise-flavored sprigs or light-pink flowers of this striking herb. Fruit-infused beverages such as basil lemonade are also made from Dark Opal leaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCulinary Uses for Dark Opal Basil Herb Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs an heirloom variety that provides a unique flavor blend between sweet and aromatic licorice, Dark Opal Basil is an herb that compliments sweet, spicy and savory dishes. You can cook this basil to be part of a sauce, such as a marinara or blend it up as a purple pesto. Dark Opal Basil is a popular herb that's often used to infuse vinegars\"as its purple-pigmented leaves provide a bold color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of Growing Dark Opal Basil Herb Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs a late summer to early fall crop, active heirloom basil plants will not only add to the overall aroma, but purple basil can also repel unwanted pests such as mosquitoes and help relieve bug bites. Dark Opal Basil crops also contain high amounts of vitamin K, antioxidants and anthocyanins\"all of which help as medicinal remedies that aid digestion, blood health and protect your overall immune system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDark Opal Basil Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 21,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 84,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 336,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"clearfix\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"1.5g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":38818547720,"sku":"18711","price":3.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38818547464,"sku":"30596","price":13.02,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38818547528,"sku":"30595","price":31.64,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38818547592,"sku":"30594","price":93.86,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38818547656,"sku":"10917","price":362.07,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":18313594339443,"sku":"42242","price":1450.7,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/basil-dark-opal-seeds-Comp.jpg?v=1762440244"},{"product_id":"southern-giant-curled-mustard-seed","title":"Mustard Seeds - Southern Giant Curled","description":"\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO, Heirloom Southern Giant Curled Mustard Seeds from True Leaf Market. Southern Giant Curled Mustard is a staple in Southern gardens. It has large, bright green fringed and curled leaves with a mild flavor. Originating in the Himalayan region of India over 5,000 years ago, mustard greens spread throughout China and then the rest of the world.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/mustard-herb-growing-guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cu\u003eRead Full Mustard Herb Growing Guide Instructions \u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Southern Giant Curled Mustard Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/mustard-herb-growing-guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cu\u003eRead Full Mustard Herb Growing Guide Instructions \u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brassica juncea\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30-45 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-7\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Slightly acidic to neutral\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cooler\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun to partial shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aphids, flea beetle, Alternaria leaf spot, powdery mildew, downy mildew\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bright green leaves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mild\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Southern Giant Curled Mustard:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlants from non-GMO, heirloom Southern Giant Curled Mustard seeds like cooler weather. You can grow them in the summer in cooler climates and during the spring or fall in hotter climates. Plants don't tolerate well temperatures over 85 degrees. Sow the seeds directly in the ground, about 1\/4\" deep, and later thin to about 12\" apart. The plants can also be started indoors for a longer growing season. Succession planting is recommended for a continual harvest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMustard prefers a well-amended soil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVarious Culinary Uses for Southern Giant Curled Mustard:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGreens grown from Southern Giant Curled Mustard seeds make a great addition to your fresh summer salad. They can also be added to soups for added flavor and texture. You can substitute it for spinach in a quiche. They can be blended into mashed potatoes. The greens can also be eaten alone boiled, steamed, or stir-fried. Note that they shouldn't be cooked in aluminum or iron pots, because they will turn black when touching these metals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHealth Benefits of Southern Giant Curled Mustard:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMustard greens are high in vitamins A, C, and K. These vitamins help support the immune system, protect cells from free radical damage, and absorb iron. Greens grown from Southern Giant Curled Mustard seeds also contain glucosinolates. Preliminary studies show that glucosinolates may help fight cancer cells and inhibit the formation of tumors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdditional Information:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFast-growing microgreens can also be produced from these Southern Giant Curled Mustard seeds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 g - Approximately 2,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 12,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 48,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 192,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 960,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 4,800,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"5g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":38824730760,"sku":"18628","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":39361893564531,"sku":"50969","price":5.34,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38824730504,"sku":"32867","price":6.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38824730568,"sku":"32865","price":13.31,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38824730632,"sku":"32866","price":35.85,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38824730696,"sku":"18078","price":129.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Mustard-Seeds-Southern-Giant-Curled-comp.jpg?v=1762440261"},{"product_id":"basil-purple-ruffles","title":"Basil Seeds - Purple Ruffles","description":"\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO, Heirloom Purple Ruffles Basil Herb Seed from True Leaf Market. Ocimum basilicum x purpurascens. As basil has many different types, Purple Ruffles Basil is a sweet cultivar that grows large 3\" deep-violet leaves that develop a jagged shape and is known for its beauty. This spicy basil with hints of toasty sweetness was introduced in 1984 and later won the AAS award for quality seed growth. Purple Ruffles Basil varieties are known for their antioxidants and vibrant purple colors. Their striking hues also contain andocynasis\"a pigment compound also used as a natural dye replacement. With high nutritional value and bright flavor, Purple Ruffles Basil is an elegant and abundant crop to add to your herb garden!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-herb-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Herb Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/grow-basil\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cu\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRead Full Basil Herb Growing Guide Instructions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePurple Ruffles Basil Herb Garden Planting Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/grow-basil\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cu\u003eRead Full Basil Herb Growing Guide Instructions\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003eOcimum basilicum 'Purpurescens'\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurple Ruffles Basil Herb Days to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60+(leaves) 90 (seeds)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurple Ruffles Basil Hardiness Zones:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9-11 Perennial, 3-9 Annual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurple Ruffles Basil Seed Planting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurple Ruffles Basil Seed Plant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurple Ruffles Basil Growth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\/compact bush\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rich and well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Japanese beetles, slugs, and aphids\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurple Ruffles Basil Herb Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Deep-violet leaves, pink flowers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurple Ruffles Basil Seed Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spicy, toasty sweetness, bright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePurple Ruffles Basil Growing Habits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Purple Ruffles Basil (Ocimum basilicum x purpurascens) plants grow 18\" tall as compact bushes. Popular heirlooms such as Purple Basil Herbs, produce into late summer with abundant growth, developing large-sized and elegant deep-violet leaves. Your basil crop will reach ideal harvesting as they grow jagged 3\" leaves, but before they bloom. This type of sweet basil thrives with regular moisture and will continue to mature and give off a sweet and spicy scent with a bright flavor until the first frost arrives. By early fall, your Purple Ruffles Basil will provide pink flowers and begin to seed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBasil in general, is an ultimate hybrid herb with many different varieties. As basil is also ancient, it's a challenge for gardeners to pin down a single origin. Basil can be classified as either sweet or non-sweet. The popular types are considered sweet. For example, a cultivar that isn't sweet would be clove basil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNon-Culinary Uses for Purple Ruffles Basil Herb Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs basil is one of the best herbs to introduce to your health, Purple Ruffles Basil can be made into vibrant cosmetic remedies such as natural fragrance and moisturizing lip balm. The oils that come from their leaves are used to treat many different ailments, however; this Purple Ruffles Basil variety is known for the pigment compound it produces called andocynasis. The vibrant colors of purple basil are not only used for natural dye replacements but also provide higher nutritional value as well!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCulinary Uses for Purple Ruffles Basil Herb Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs an heirloom basil that provides a spicy, bright aroma with hints of toasty sweetness, Purple Ruffles Basil is an award-winning quality herb in terms of flavor and elegance. This Purple basil type is often added to fresh salads as a bright garnish or blended into a striking violet pesto. As sweet basil varieties range in flavor, Purple Ruffles Basil thrives as a beautiful adornment and spicy herb.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of Growing Purple Ruffles Basil Herb Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis larger-sized basil variety makes a striking decorative garden addition, while lending more flavor and protection to companion plants. Grow your purple basil in a garden bed or container during the summer for a bright and sweet flavor with some spice!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePurple Ruffles Basil Seeds Per Package\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 19,000 Seed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 76,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"2 Gram Packet","offer_id":31778500444275,"sku":"48428","price":4.19,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1\/4 oz","offer_id":38830940424,"sku":"30803","price":6.53,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38830940488,"sku":"30804","price":12.71,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38830940552,"sku":"30802","price":33.01,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/basil-purple-ruffles-Comp.jpg?v=1755893883"},{"product_id":"basil-siam-queen","title":"Thai Basil Seeds - Siam Queen","description":"\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO, Heirloom Siam Queen Thai Basil Herb Seed from True Leaf Market. Ocimum basilicum. As basil has many different types, Siam Queen Thai Basil is a sweet cultivar that originated from Southeast Asia. This genuine Thai Basil grows 4\" rich-green leaves with purple stems\"giving off a spicy clove and licorice scent. This large-leaf tropical herb is often grown as an ornamental garden. Thai Basil has also been used as a medicinal remedy to aid insomnia, colds, digestion, and skin irritation. With its strong anise flavor and active growth, Siam Queen Basil makes an ideal ingredient in Thai cuisine or fresh zesty salads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-herb-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Herb Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/grow-basil\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cu\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRead Full Basil Herb Growing Guide Instuctions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSiam Queen Thai Basil Herb Garden Planting Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/grow-basil\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cu\u003eRead Full Basil Herb Growing Guide Instructions \u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSiam Queen Basil Herb Days to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70+(leaves) 90+(seeds)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSiam Queen Thai Basil Hardiness Zones:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9-11 Perennial, 3-9 Annual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSiam Queen Thai Basil Seed Planting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSiam Queen Thai Basil Seed Plant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-16 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSiam Queen Thai Basil Growth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\/compact bush\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rich and well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Japanese beetles, slugs and aphids\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSiam Queen Thai Basil Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Large-leaf green leaves, purple flowers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSiam Queen Thai Basil Seed Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Strong licorice spice, rich clove\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSiam Queen Thai Basil Growing Habits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Thai Basil (Ocimum basilicum) plants grow 20-24\" tall as compact bushes. Tropical heirlooms such as Siam Queen Thai Basil Herbs, produce into late summer with active growth, developing rich-green leaves with purple stems. Your sweet basil crop will reach ideal harvesting as their leaves grow to 4\" and give off a strong clove scent, but before they bloom. This large-leaf type of basil with anise flavor will continue to provide spicy licorice flavor until the first frost arrives. By early fall, your fresh Siam Thai Basil will grow purple zesty flowers and begin to seed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn general, basil is an ultimate hybrid with many different varieties. Basil is also ancient, which makes it a challenge for gardeners to pin down a single origin. This herb can be classified as either sweet or non-sweet. The popular types are considered sweet. For example, a cultivar that isn't sweet would be clove basil. Although Siam Queen Basil Herbs produce clove flavor, this type of genuine Thai basil is considered sweet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNon-Culinary Uses for Siam Queen Thai Basil Herb Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSiam Queen Basil has a rich licorice aroma, along with clove and spice. As this type of sweet thai basil is often grown for its aromatic properties as an ornamental garden, its strong scent and rich colors provide more than flavor to your herb garden with its active purple foliage. This tropical basil can also be used as a medicinal remedy, such as a way to aid skin wounds or insect bites with the large green leaves of Siam Queen Thai Basil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCulinary Uses for Siam Queen Thai Basil Herb Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis genuine Thai basil, which originated from Southeast Asia, is ideal in spicy cuisine or to add its clove-type zest to fresh salads. This sweet basil type is also cooked for its strong anise flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of Siam Queen Thai Herb Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSiam Queen Basil blooms purple flowers with a zesty aroma, giving off spicy clove scents that help repel insects such as flies and mosquitoes. As this herb grows actively and up to 24\" tall, this Thai basil variety is most often grown as decoration or ornamental garden bed. Siam Queen Thai Basil plants also make a great companion to flowering herbs and tomatoes throughout the summer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSiam Queen Thai Basil Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1 oz\u003c\/strong\u003e - Approximately 22,800 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4 oz\u003c\/strong\u003e - Approximately 91,200 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1 lb\u003c\/strong\u003e - Approximately 364,800 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5 lbs\u003c\/strong\u003e - Approximately 1,824,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Kitazawa Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"500 mg Packet","offer_id":40471359553651,"sku":"59872","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1\/4 oz","offer_id":38830942472,"sku":"30839","price":5.41,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38830942536,"sku":"30840","price":9.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38830942600,"sku":"30838","price":22.03,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/basil-siam-queen-comp.jpg?v=1762440284"},{"product_id":"basil-sweet-dani","title":"Basil Seeds - Sweet Dani","description":"\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO, Sweet Dani Basil Herb Seed from True Leaf Market. Ocimum basilicum. As basil has many different varieties, Sweet Dani Basil Herb is a popular sweet hybrid type that started out as an experiment at Purdue University and is made up of 80 different basil strains! With large chartreuse-colored leaves that give off a pungent and citrusy aroma, Sweet Dani Basil is an active and diverse herb that can be cooked in Thai cuisine or used fresh in salads. As this herb prefers warmer conditions and grows compact, sweet basil is also great for planting in a container. AAS Winner 1998.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-herb-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Herb Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/grow-basil\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cu\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRead Full Basil Herb Growing Guide Instructions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Sweent Dani Basil Herb Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/grow-basil\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cu\u003eRead Full Basil Herb Growing Guide Instructions \u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003eOcimum basilicum var. 'sweet dani'\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLemon Basil Herb Days to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60+(leaves) 70-90 (seeds)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLemon Basil Hardiness Zones:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9-11 Perennial, 3-9 Annual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLemon Basil Seed Planting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLemon Basil Seed Plant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLemon Basil Growth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\/bush\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rich, moist and well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Japanese beetles, slugs and fusarium wilt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLemon Basil Herb Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Large chartreuse leaves, white flowers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLemon Basil Herb\/Seed Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pungent, citrusy, mild sweetness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSweet Dani Basil Growing Habits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Sweet Basil Herb plants (Ocimum basilicum) can reach 18-26\" tall as compact bushes. As late summer to early fall approaches, Sweet Dani Basil grows chartreuse-colored leaves that become large and give off a citrusy scent. Along with their white flowers, they will be ready to harvest. Sweet basil varieties that are pungent in flavor, while also containing a mild sweetness will actively grow until the first frost arrives. Sweet Dani Basil is smaller than other sweet basil types and is great for planting in containers. As the warm conditions develop, these herbs prefer to have their flowers pinched back, in order to maintain their peak flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBasil in general, is an ultimate hybrid herb with a lot of different strains. As basil is also ancient and has been crossbred overtime, it becomes a challenge for gardeners to pin down a single origin. Basil can be classified as either sweet or non-sweet. The more popular types are considered sweet. For example, a cultivar that isn't sweet would be clove basil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBeverage Uses for Sweet Dani Basil Herb Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSweet Dani Basil is a common ingredient to add to tea\"giving off a sweet and citrusy flavor that is great for aiding colds. This type of basil is used to make mojitos, as its large chartreuse-colored leaves compliment mint. Fruit-infused beverages are also made with this herb, while the lemony sprigs or white flowers of Sweet Dani Basil are popular as a garnish to top off drinks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCulinary Uses for Sweet Dani Basil Herb Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs a hybrid variety that provides a mild sweetness with a pungent, citrusy flavor, Sweet Dani Basil is a diverse basil that compliments Thai dishes, pairs well with fish and can be added fresh to salads. Sweet Dani Basil leaves are also great for garnishing drinks or cooking with pizza.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of Growing Sweet Dani Basil Herb Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs a late summer to early fall crop, sweet basil plants will not only add to the overall aroma with its pungent lemon-scented leaves, but they can repel unwanted pests such as flies or mosquitoes. Basil strains such as Sweet Dani herbs, make ultimate companion plants, as they help ward off insects like hornworms and aphids. Sweet Dani Basil is an active grower and develops well in containers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"100 Seeds","offer_id":32171231838323,"sku":"49833","price":6.09,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1000 Seeds","offer_id":38830946120,"sku":"30872","price":38.34,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5000 Seeds","offer_id":38830946184,"sku":"30873","price":145.01,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/basil-sweet-dani-Comp.jpg?v=1753382325"},{"product_id":"dill-dwarf-fernleaf","title":"Dill Seeds - Dwarf Fernleaf","description":"\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO, Heirloom Dwarf Fernleaf Dill Herb Garden Seed from True Leaf Market. Anethum graveolens. Dwarf Fernleaf Dill grows as slow-bolting warm-season annuals and is native to South Russia and regions in the Mediterranean. Dwarf Fernelarf Dill varieties easily self-seed and thrive in temperate conditions. This hardy dill with yellow flower clusters and pungent feathery foliage is one of the most flavorful. Dwarf Fernleaf Dill is a popular compact herb that provides an abundant crop that gardeners use fresh, cooked, or dried!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-herb-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Herb Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/grow-dill\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cu\u003eRead Full Dill Herb Growing Guide Instructions \u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDwarf Fernleaf Dill Herb Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/grow-dill\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cu\u003eRead Full Dill Herb Growing Guide Instructions \u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Anethum graveolens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-65+ (leaves, flowers) 68+(seeds) Annual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zones:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-11\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed Planting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed Plant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\/compact\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moderately rich and well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow flower clusters, feathery-green foliage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fresh, pungent, slight tang, lemon, verdant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDwarf Fernleaf Dill Herb Growing Habits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO (Anethum graveolens) Dwarf Fernleaf Dill plants grow as abundant warm-season annuals. As heirlooms, this popular dill variety will develop upright as a compact dwarf variety with fresh, pungent foliage reaching 18-24\" tall. Hardy dill plants begin producing baby greens that can be picked early in the season. Once Dwarf Fernleaf Dill reaches maturity in either late spring or fall, your plants will grow clusters of yellow flowers and green-feathery foliage rich with verdant flavor. As slow-bolting dill herbs develop seeds, allow the flowers to dry prior to changing color from summer or just before winter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe Culinary Uses of Dwarf Fernleaf Dill Garden Herb\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDwarf Fernleaf Dill is great for making tasty dressing such as tzatziki sauce or lemon dill for salads. This dwarf dill variety is also a popular flavoring addition to soups and salmon! You can also store your dill by drying or pickling to later use in meat dishes or to enhance a larger batch of clam chowder. Fresh or dried Fernleaf Dill is also a tasty ingredient to pair and cook with potatoes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe Gardening Benefits of Dwarf Fernleaf Dill Herb \u0026amp; Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs many dill varieties can grow 2-4\" tall, this Dwarf Fernleaf Dill grows 18-24\" as it is more compact and great for container planting. Although this is an annual herb, Fernleaf is hardier and slow-bolting, making Dwarf Fernleaf a favorite dill for gardeners in warm-to-temperate climates to grow! Allow this herb to go to seed in the fall before winter, as Dwarf Fernleaf Dill has the ability to regrow next spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDwarf Fernleaf Dill Garden Herb Seeds Per Package\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"bulleted\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 g - Approximately 893 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 25,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 100,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 400,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"500 Mg Packet","offer_id":31911042711667,"sku":"48582","price":3.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1\/4 oz","offer_id":38831128904,"sku":"31731","price":9.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38831128968,"sku":"31732","price":20.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":15205925159027,"sku":"41939","price":62.2,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1 Lb","offer_id":15205985812595,"sku":"41940","price":197.13,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/dill-dwarf-fernleaf-comp.jpg?v=1762440293"},{"product_id":"lettuce-crisphead-great-lakes-118-seeds","title":"Lettuce Seeds - Batavian, Great Lakes 118","description":"\u003cp\u003e80 - 90 days. These non-GMO Great Lakes 118 lettuce seeds grow into large green leaves and a white heart. Great Lakes 118 Lettuce, also known as Head Lettuce, is ready to harvest in 80 to 89 days. The Great Lakes 118 thrives in full sun or partial shade, being heat resistant, and can be grown in zones 3-9. The leaves of the Great Lakes 118 have a mildly sweet flavor. Non-GMO Great Lakes 118 Crisphead Lettuce (Lactuca sativa \"great lakes 118\"), is also known as Great Lakes or Head Lettuce. An easy to grow, heat resistant type of lettuce, perfect for beginners. Annual in zones 3-9. Excellent on sandwiches, and in salads. Approx 16,000 seeds per ounce.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Great Lakes 118 Lettuce Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cem\u003e lactuca sativa\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Annual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSow Indoors or Outdoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Outdoors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80-90 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-9\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mound\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Nutrient rich and loose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun or partial shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiseases\/pests\/problems:\u003c\/strong\u003eLettuce that is crowded while growing will have a bitter taste. Susceptible to aphids and slugs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Light Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mildly sweet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 g - Approximately 900 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 25,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 100,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 400,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 2,000,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 10,000,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart by sowing the non-GMO seeds 1\/4 inch in loose soil rich with nutrients, with eighteen inches between seeds and twelve inches between rows. Make sure to allow enough space between seeds for the lettuce to grow, as overcrowding can cause the lettuce to have a bitter taste. Firm the soil lightly. While growing, keep the soil well watered. Harvest eighty to eighty ninedays after planting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHistorical documents show that lettuce was being cultivated in Egypt 6,000 years ago.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"1 Gram Packet","offer_id":31913881206899,"sku":"48602","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38921719880,"sku":"32460","price":6.81,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38921720008,"sku":"32459","price":15.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38921720200,"sku":"32458","price":44.28,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38921720328,"sku":"19277","price":164.61,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":18311666565235,"sku":"42215","price":648.37,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/lettuce-crisphead-great-lakes-118-seeds-comp.jpg?v=1762440341"},{"product_id":"lettuce-butterhead-buttercrunch-seeds","title":"Lettuce Seeds - Butterhead - Buttercrunch","description":"\u003cp\u003e60-70 days. Buttercrunch Lettuce Seeds. \u003cem\u003eLactuca sativa\u003c\/em\u003e. Non-GMO. Open Pollinated. An award-winning and absolutely hardy cultivar of butter head, Buttercrunch is tender, delicious, and looks as good in the garden as in the salad bowl. First introduced by Cornell University in the 1960s, Buttercrunch debuted as the 1963 All-America Selections vegetable winner for its tolerance to stress, poor soils, and bolting from summer heat. ~25,000 seeds per oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Buttercrunch Butterhead Lettuce Vegetable Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003eLactuca sativa\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Annual 2-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45-60\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-15 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Leafy mound\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Nitrogen-rich, composted, well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55-70 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to mildew, rot, and leaf spotting from soils if not properly drained and ventilated. Watch for aphids, whiteflies, and leafminers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eButtercrunch Lettuce Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Smooth and bright green butterhead-style leaves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eButtercrunch Lettuce Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft, creamy, and mild\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Grow Buttercrunch Butterhead Lettuce from Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eButtercrunch is a cool hardy favorite performing just as vigorously when sown direct as when transplanted. For earliest starts, begin indoors 4-6 weeks before final frost. Plant 2-3 seeds 1\/4\" deep and 2\" apart in Organically rich, well-drained soil in full sun to partial shade. Germinates in 7-10 days, thinning back to 1 plant every 4 in the garden. Harvest large outer leaves while allowing smaller leaves to continue to mature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMake sure to allow enough space between seeds for the lettuce to grow, as overcrowding can cause the lettuce to have a bitter taste. Firm the soil lightly. While growing, keep the soil well watered. Harvest between 60 and 70 days after planting, and before flowers appear, to ensure the lettuce doesn't become too mature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eButtercrunch Lettuce in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLettuce is one of the most versatile seeds in the world as it is a choice variety for sprouting, microgreens, hydroponics, aquaponics, and indoor container gardening. Quick to maturity and easy to grow anywhere, countless varieties of lettuce have been specifically cultivated to thrive from cold northern gardens all the way down to the desolate Arizona heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eButtercrunch Lettuce is an annual, and it grows best in cooler areas. Although it is very hardy, it needs extra shade, or the leaves need to be misted in the hottest climates with the most sun. It warm climates it can be planted in the late summer for spring harvest. This lettuce is great for salad, and the leaves can be picked when small as baby greens or later in the season for larger, firmer leaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether romaine, iceberg, butter, or leaf head, lettuce is available in savory redleaf or classic tender greenleaf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Buttercrunch Lettuce\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost varieties of lettuce can be harvested 45-60 days after sowing or once the younger outer leaves have reached 4-5\" long as a \"cut and come again\" crop. Harvest leaves when young and tender for best flavor since leaves bitter with maturity. Heads may be harvested whole, roots and all, or just be cut at the base while leaving behind an inch to the rooted stem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGarden fresh lettuce stores well cold in a plastic bag for 7-10 days. Do not store near apples or bananas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Buttercrunch Butterhead Lettuce Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eButtercrunch was developed by George Raleigh of Cornell University.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eButtercrunch produces a nice head of mild buttery flavored 6-8\" in height, thick, juicy, slightly crumpled dark green leaves and white-yellow heart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVery long season. Performs well in spring and fall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDon't forget the heart, which is some folk's favorite! Buttercrunch is slow to bolt and is heat tolerant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eButtercrunch Lettuce (\u003cem\u003eLactuca sativa\u003c\/em\u003e), is the most popular variety of butterhead Lettuce. It gets its name from its soft buttery texture. It grows fast, and can be harvested over and over again, when leaves are picked as needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese non-GMO Buttercrunch seeds grow into vibrant, green heads of lettuce that are ready to harvest in 60 to 70 days. The Buttercrunch lettuce can be grown in most zones, including colder zones. The leaves of the Buttercrunch have a mildly sweet, buttery flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eButtercrunch Lettuce Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2.5 g - Packet - Approx 2,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz- Wholesale - Approx 25,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Wholesale - Approx 100,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Wholesale - Approx 400,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk - Approx 2,000,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Bulk - Approx 10,000,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Buttercrunch Butterhead lettuce seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on orders over $75.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"2.5g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":38921725000,"sku":"18611","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38921724744,"sku":"32411","price":6.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38921724808,"sku":"32410","price":9.82,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38921724872,"sku":"32408","price":23.37,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38921724936,"sku":"32409","price":73.71,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":39353610305651,"sku":"50962","price":301.32,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lettuce-Seeds-Butterhead-Buttercrunch-comp.jpg?v=1762440343"},{"product_id":"watermelon-shiny-boy-hybrid-seeds","title":"Watermelon Seeds - Picnic - Shiny Boy Hybrid (treated)","description":"\u003cp\u003e90 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eCitrullus lanatus\u003c\/em\u003e. Treated Shiny Boy Hybrid Watermelon Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, hybrid, heat-tolerant, seeded, picnic watermelon. Suitable for growing in garden plots. 2010 Vegetable AAS Winner. Known to grow in the garden as a generous crop that keeps on giving. This Shiny Boy type has non-GMO seeds and produces a high yield of marble-shaped melons with a green-striped polished rind and bright-red fruit. ~607 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis seed is treated with a fungicide designed to prevent or reduce seed rot in the soil. It does not affect the plant or the produce from the plant. This seed is intended for planting only. Do not eat this seed or use it for oil or animal feed. Keep this seed out of the reach of children. Wash hands after handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eCitrullus lanatus\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 Annual: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.5-1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWatermelon Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Picnic - Classic watermelons ranging from 16 to 45 lbs. This variety grows up to 20 lbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeded or Seedless:\u003c\/strong\u003e Seeded\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36-48 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36-48 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Late - Ready for harvest around 100 to 120 days from direct sowing to harvesting ripe melons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fertile, sandy, and well-draining with a pH level of 5.8-7.0.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to Cucumber beetles, squash bugs and bacterial fruit blotch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTreated Shiny Boy Hybrid Watermelon Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Flesh, Green Striped Skin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTreated Shiny Boy Hybrid Watermelon Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tropical, fresh, with fruity notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShiny Boy Hybrid Watermelon Treated Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSowing \u0026amp; Growing:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs larger melons prefer higher temperatures, it's essential to start Shiny Boy Hybrid Watermelons indoors in cooler or northern climates. Transplant seedlings after these non-GMO seeds have grown indoors, in a warm location 4-6 weeks before your region's final frost. Sow Shiny Boy seeds in either pea pots or any biodegradable seed starting container of your choice. Plant seeds ½-1\" deep, with 2-3 in each cell. If you live in a warmer climate or southern region, Shiny Boy Hybrid Watermelon seeds can be sown directly for longer growing seasons as early as May. Before planting, it's a general tip to mend and pre-garden your soil by digging a mini reservoir and preparing a fertile mound. First, shovel a hole at least 1\" deep and 3\" wide, then mix in compost and place 6\" of enriched soil on top of the mound. This will develop a rich bed to nurture your watermelon crop. Plant seeds 1\" deep in raised hills with 6-8\" spaced in between rows. it's recommended to space up to 12\" if needed, especially for the large seed varieties. After the young plants have at least one set of true leaves, thin down to the 2 strongest plants for each hill. Shiny Boy Hybrid Watermelons prefer a nitrogen-generous fertilizer and grow best with row covers or mulch. Don't overwater watermelon plants, especially during their final fruit-ripening phase, but give at least 1\" per week in their early development.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \"thumping\" method doesn't ring true with every watermelon variety. In fact, the ideal method to see if it's time to harvest melons, has more to do with color and the feel of fruits\" exterior. Check for harvesting Shiny Boy Hybrid (treated) Watermelon seeds by seeing if the stem and tendril of the primary vine has dried out. Then, touch the rind of the watermelon to see if there is any push back while pressing with your thumb. around 85 days from the sowing date. You can also begin harvesting your generous crop of Shiny Boy Hybrid Watermelons around 80 days from the sowing date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShiny Boy Hybrid (treated) Watermelon Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 660 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 2640 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 10,560 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lbs - Approximately 52,800 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lbs - Approximately 264,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Kitazawa Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"10 Seeds","offer_id":44312109449331,"sku":"18706","price":4.09,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100 Seeds","offer_id":38921734664,"sku":"11719","price":19.65,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1000 Seeds","offer_id":38921734728,"sku":"11641","price":145.77,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/products\/1673903660_CopyofKItazawa-WM-Green_600x600px_16.jpg?v=1762440346"},{"product_id":"watermelon-sweet-beauty-hybrid-seeds","title":"Watermelon Seeds - Mini - Sweet Beauty Hybrid","description":"\u003cp\u003e75-80 days. Citrullus lanatus. Sweet Beauty Hybrid Watermelon seeds are tender annuals with active vines that spread 10 feet long and can grow 3 feet tall! This hybrid variety falls into the mini size category and is considered a watermelon suitable for serving one to two people. Sweet Beauty Hybrid seeds grow to be only 7 lbs and develop a crispy and almost honey-sweet flavor. This late summer variety has non-GMO seeds and matures faster than other watermelons. These hybrid seeds grow into an oblong shape with a forest-green exterior. In general, the sweet ruby-red fruit of watermelon helps boost heart health and hydration. Summer annuals such as Sweet Beauty Hybrid Watermelons can be ready to serve in 77 days from the sowing date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Sweet Beauty Hybrid Watermelon Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Citrullus lanatus\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariety:\u003c\/strong\u003e \"Non-GMO Sweet Beauty Hybrid\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 75-80 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zones:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-11\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e ½-1 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spreading-vine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fertile, loamy, well-drained with soil pH 6.0-7.0\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warm to hot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Melon aphids and powdery mildew\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Forest-green striped exterior with ruby-red fruit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Crispy, honey-sweet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSowing \u0026amp; Growing:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow Sweet Beauty Hybrid Watermelon seeds in quart pots indoors 3 weeks before your region's final frost. Transplant young plants outdoors 2-3 weeks after sowing or once your soil has reached at least 70° and night temperatures don't drop below 50°. Hybrid watermelons are best suited for loamy soil that is fertile, mildly acidic, and well-drained with a pH level of 6.0-7.0. For direct-sowing, plant Sweet Beauty Hybrid Watermelon seeds ½-1\" deep, 6\" apart and with 6\" spaced in between raised rows. Germination will take 3-10 days. Place in a sunny location and give these fast-maturing watermelons 1-2\" of water each week until you see the fruits begin to grow and reach their final development, then lessen the amount in order to boost the sweetness of these plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvest Sweet Beauty Hybrid Watermelons around 77 days from the sowing date or once the mature fruit fits any of the following criteria: light-yellow at the base or bottom of the watermelon, the main vine and stem has completely dried out and changed from green to brown, or the exterior rind of the melon can be slightly pressed in by your thumb. The rind will be somewhere in the middle of soft to the touch and tough. With a gardening knife, cut the watermelons from their stem. Be sure to keep a close eye near the end of their growing phase, as you want to harvest your watermelon crop before they become overripe and crack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFacts:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWatermelon seems to always satisfy our sweet-tooth cravings, but did you know that you can also enjoy this summer hybrid fruit as a more savory dish, too? Try Sweet Beauty Hybrid Watermelon cucumber salad with crumbled feta cheese, balsamic vinegar, and some olive oil to eat as a refreshing meal!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSweet Beauty Hybrid Watermelon Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 790 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 3,160 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 12,640 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lbs - Approximately 62,300 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lbs - Approximately 996,800 seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"10 Seeds","offer_id":32171117576307,"sku":"49831","price":7.69,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100 Seeds","offer_id":38921741128,"sku":"35107","price":37.28,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"500 Seeds","offer_id":38921741192,"sku":"16112","price":174.44,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/watermelon-sweet-beauty-hybrid-seed-wm_700_1222x1222_ac7dd5c5-200d-4a50-ada7-0df2e1efb79f.jpg?v=1764634167"},{"product_id":"bean-pole-kentucky-blue","title":"Bean Seeds - Pole - Kentucky Blue","description":"\u003cp\u003e50-75 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e. Kentucky Blue Bean Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, high-yielding, AAS Winner, drought and heat tolerant, high-yielding, pole, snap string bean. Suitable for growing in containers, garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. Resistant to Bean Common Mosaic Virus (race 1) and Rust. Kentucky Blue Pole Beans are a remarkable variety that combines the best traits of the classic 'Kentucky Wonder' and 'Blue Lake' pole beans. This hybridization results in a bean that is not only high-yielding but also offers exceptional flavor and tenderness. Yet, the plants are open-pollinated! The vines can reach impressive heights of 6 to 8 feet, requiring sturdy support structures like trellises or poles. The beans are long, slender, and deep green, typically reaching 6 to 7 inches. They are stringless and have a sweet, tender flavor, perfect for fresh eating, canning, or freezing. ~89 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 Annual Crop: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50-75\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow when soil temperatures are reliably above 60 F. Planting with an inoculant may increase yields, but is certainly not required for a successful grow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not Recommended. Beans grow best without any root disturbance. We recommend direct sowing instead of transplanting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans are self-pollinating as they contain both the male and female parts within their flowers, unlike other fruit and vegetable plants. While they are self-pollinating, having a variety of pollinators and flowers around will improve yields by ensuring the greatest chances for pollinating events to occur.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSnap or Shell Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003e Snap - Snap beans have a fleshy edible pod. Snap beans are also commonly referred to as string beans or green beans (though not all snap beans are green). They are called snap beans because they make a snapping sound when you break them in half.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePole or Bush Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pole - Pole beans are vining-type plants that put out runners that grow very long or tall. Pole beans are so-called because they require a trellis, support, or wait for it… a pole. Pole beans require more effort than bush beans, but may also be grown in containers with the right support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Sub-Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not Applicable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-96 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003eVining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid - Ready for harvest around 66-86 days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans prefer well-draining, nutrient-rich, loamy soil with a pH of 6.0-6.8. As light feeders and nitrogen-fixing legumes, beans do not require nitrogen-heavy fertilizers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F). \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70-90 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to Bean Common Mosaic Virus (race 1) and Rust. Beans are susceptible to beetles, aphids, spider mites, and cutworms. Look for signs of chewing, curling leaves, eggs on the undersides of leaves, and leaf discoloration. Keeping your bean plants clean from dust build-up and surrounded by a variety of plants to help deter and prevent pest damage. Beans are also susceptible to powdery mildew, bean blight, rust, and root rot. Maintain a regular watering schedule that avoids overly saturated soil. The roots need adequate time to air out between watering. This will also help prevent common fungal and bacterial diseases from developing. Good air circulation and applying water to the ground rather than the leaves will help maintain healthy bean plant growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKentucky Blue Bean Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKentucky Blue Bean Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tender and sweet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Container\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fresh eating, canning, freezing, and cooking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Drought, Heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Kentucky Blue Beans in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmend the soil with high-quality compost before planting. For optimal growth, plant seeds 1 inch deep directly into the garden soil after the danger of frost has passed and the soil has warmed to at least 60 F. Space the seeds 4 to 6 inches apart within rows, and maintain 24 to 36 inches between rows to ensure adequate air circulation and ease of access. The plants have a climbing habit, so installing support structures at the time of planting is essential.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConsistent watering is crucial, especially during flowering and pod development. Aim to keep the soil evenly moist but avoid waterlogging, which can lead to root diseases. Mulching around the base of the plants helps retain soil moisture and suppress weeds. Since beans fix nitrogen in the soil, they generally do not require heavy fertilization.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompanion planting with corn, cucumbers, or radishes can be beneficial. Avoid planting beans near allium family members, like onions and garlic, which can inhibit bean growth. Regularly inspect the plants for pests such as aphids or bean beetles, and employ organic pest control methods if necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Kentucky Blue Beans\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBegin harvesting when the pods are about 6 inches long and before the seeds inside begin to bulge. The beans should be firm, crisp, and snap easily. Gently pick the pods by hand or use scissors to avoid damaging the vines. Regular harvesting encourages the plants to produce more pods, extending your harvest period. As a snap bean variety, Kentucky Blue Pole Beans are best enjoyed fresh, steamed, sautéed, or preserved by canning or freezing. They are not typically dried or used as shell beans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Kentucky Blue Bean Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKentucky Blue pole bean’s strength lies in their ability to produce over a long season, climb vertically, and that their pods are stringless, making for easy culinary preparations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKentucky Blue Pole Beans are a nutritious food choice for nearly anyone. They are low in calories and rich in vitamins A, C, and K and dietary fiber. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGardeners often choose pole beans over bush beans for one of two reasons: they want to save space by allowing them to climb vertically, or they want to harvest the beans more easily without bending or kneeling. The only downside is you need to provide a trellis or some type of structure for them to grow up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKentucky Blue is one of the few bean plants to win the prestigious All-American Selections Award. It is not a true hybrid F1 variety because it is open-pollinated, and the seeds breed true-to-type.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"If you have tried Kentucky Wonder or Blue Lake pole beans before, you have to give Kentucky Blue a try! It is sure to exceed your expectations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"custom-videos\" class=\"custom-video-row\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/AeSqa0w4VZo?si=xJmUHsZyq7ZDjapr\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/8SKatHrTSOM?si=er9i1e6MCQjRFSI3\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/examples-of-seed-variation-natural-vs-man-made-materials\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExamples Of Seed Variation - Natural Vs Man-Made Materials\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eKentucky Blue Bean Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e20 g - Wholesale - Approximately 63 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 356 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 1,424 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 7,120 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 35,600 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Kentucky Blue Bean seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"20 g Packet","offer_id":38925071816,"sku":"18871","price":3.09,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 Oz","offer_id":39344077373555,"sku":"50761","price":9.66,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Lb","offer_id":38925071304,"sku":"30680","price":26.37,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 Lb","offer_id":38925071432,"sku":"30681","price":92.48,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":38925071560,"sku":"30683","price":362.03,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Bean-Seeds-Pole-Kentucky-Blue-comp.jpg?v=1762440372"},{"product_id":"beet-ruby-queen-seeds","title":"Beet Seeds - Ruby Queen","description":"\u003cp\u003e52 days. The Ruby Queen beet is a variety that does very well in poor soils. It produces uniform, round globes and short tops. The leaves grow to be green with maroon edges. The Ruby Queen beet is mild and sweet in flavor. These beets are hardy and can be grown in a number of zones and climates, and can thrive in full shade. Smooth round roots with short tops. Great for canning. Ringless roots can and pickle well. Retains color during processing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Ruby Queen Beet Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cem\u003e Beta vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 52 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-9\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Light, moist soil, 6.5 to 7 ph. Can do well in poor soils.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible Leaf miners, flea beetles, and leaf hoppers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003eRed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mild, sweet flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 g Packet - Approx 125 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 1,250 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 5,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 20,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 100,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 500,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRuby Queen beets do well with a light, moist soil, ideally with a PH level of 6.5 to 7. However, these beets have been known to thrive in soils with poorer conditions as well. Sow the seeds half an inch deep, with three inches between plants and twelve to eighteen inches between rows. These seeds will need plenty of moisture while germinating, so keep the soil moist for the first twenty one days. These beets can thrive in conditions with full sun or partial shade. After fifty two days, the beets should be ready for harvesting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRuby Queen Beet thrives in even poor soils, producing smooth, dark red globes 3 inches in diameter. Popular for canning, and used for its pigment uses. Dark green leaves with maroon edges flourish during late summer. Eat beet tops before any sign of wilting for maximum flavor. Vinegar pairs well with beets. In most cases, the smaller the beet, the sweeter; the larger the beet, the more earthy the beet will taste. Walnut oil pairs very well with warm beets. To minimize the beet color from excessive bleeding leave the stem plug in place and skin on while cooking. Approx. 1,200 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"3 g Packet","offer_id":31789885259891,"sku":"48457","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38925103688,"sku":"30831","price":6.19,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38925103752,"sku":"30828","price":13.24,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38925103816,"sku":"30829","price":36.51,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":39344749445235,"sku":"50776","price":126.72,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/beet-ruby-queen-seeds-comp.jpg?v=1762440378"},{"product_id":"bean-bush-topcrop","title":"Bean Seeds - Bush - Topcrop","description":"\u003cp\u003e50-65 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e. Topcrop Bush Bean Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, heirloom, AAS winner, high-yielding, bush, snap, green bean. Suitable for growing in containers, garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. Resistant to Bean Common Mosaic Virus (race 1, 15). Considered one of the best bush beans for canning and freezing, Topcrop produces 6 to 7-inch, tender, and crisp pods containing incredible flavor. The Top Crop bean is a variety of green bean that was developed to be more resistant to diseases, and is a winner of the All-America Selections. This low-maintenance variety can thrive in many different zones. The pods develop near the top, reaching maturity about fifty days after planting. It can be referred to as Top Crop or Topcrop and is the same plant. ~90 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 Annual Crop: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e50-65\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow when soil temperatures are reliably above 60 F. Planting with an inoculant may increase yields, but is certainly not required for a successful grow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not Recommended. Beans grow best without any root disturbance. We recommend direct sowing instead of transplanting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans are self-pollinating as they contain both the male and female parts within their flowers, unlike other fruit and vegetable plants. While they are self-pollinating, having a variety of pollinators and flowers around will improve yields by ensuring the greatest chances for pollinating events to occur.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSnap or Shell Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003e Snap - Snap beans have a fleshy edible pod. Snap beans are also commonly referred to as string beans or green beans (though not all snap beans are green). They are called snap beans because they make a snapping sound when you break them in half.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePole or Bush Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003eBush - Bush beans grow on low-growing, compact, upright, bushy plants that typically do not need a trellis, pole, or other support. Bush beans are usually favorable to container growing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Sub-Type:\u003c\/strong\u003eNot Applicable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Early - Ready for harvest around 45-65 days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans prefer well-draining, nutrient-rich, loamy soil with a pH of 6.0-6.8. As light feeders and nitrogen-fixing legumes, beans do not require nitrogen-heavy fertilizers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F). \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70-90 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to Bean Common Mosaic Virus (race 1, 15). Beans are susceptible to beetles, aphids, spider mites, and cutworms. Look for signs of chewing, curling leaves, eggs on the undersides of leaves, and leaf discoloration. Keeping your bean plants clean from dust build-up and surrounded by a variety of plants to help deter and prevent pest damage. Beans are also susceptible to powdery mildew, bean blight, rust, and root rot. Maintain a regular watering schedule that avoids overly saturated soil. The roots need adequate time to air out between watering. This will also help prevent common fungal and bacterial diseases from developing. Good air circulation and applying water to the ground rather than the leaves will help maintain healthy bean plant growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTopcrop Bush Bean Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTopcrop Bush Bean Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mild and sweet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Container\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fresh eating, steaming, pickling, sautéing, and preserving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Topcrop Bush Beans in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese beans are best direct sown into the garden after the danger of frost has passed and the soil has warmed to at least 60 F. Before planting, work in a balanced fertilizer or compost to provide nutrients. Avoid high-nitrogen fertilizers. Top Crop beans do best in soil that is low in acidity, around 6-6.8 in PH levels. Tilling the soil and mixing with a compost can help growth as well.  They don’t transplant well due to their delicate root systems. Plant the seeds about 1 inch deep. Space plants 4–6 inches apart, with rows spaced 18–24 inches apart. This allows for proper air circulation, reducing the risk of disease.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the soil evenly moist, especially during flowering and pod development. Watering at the base of the plants helps to avoid wetting the leaves, which can lead to fungal diseases. Mulching around the base of the plants helps conserve moisture and control weeds. Since this is a bush variety, it doesn’t require any staking or trellising.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Topcrop Bush Beans\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePick the beans when they are 6-7 inches long and plump. Try to pick them before the beans inside begin to bulge to achieve the best texture. Harvest them regularly and promptly to encourage the highest yields. Using a knife or scissors to cut the pods off the plants is a good idea to avoid damaging the plant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Topcrop Bush Bean Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn 1950 this high-performing bush bean won the prestigious All American Selections National Gold Metal. Bred by Dr. W.J. Zaumeyer, it is known and loved for its consistently high yields of good tasting green beans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTopcrop is a great candidate for succession planting. To do this, sow a new set of plants every ten days or so. The harvest window is only about two weeks long, and staggering the plantings this way will ensure many weeks of fresh green beans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTop Crop is a great candidate if you are a canner (or use other preservation methods) and want to process all the beans at once. Do not succession plant, but sow all the seeds simultaneously, and you will have many beans to process all at once and set aside for winter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeans, including Topcrop Bush Beans, are an excellent source of dietary fiber, vitamins (particularly Vitamin A and C), and minerals like potassium and iron. They are low in calories and relatively high in plant-based protein, making them a great addition to any diet. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Topcrop is a stringless variety but can develop a string if left to mature on the plant for too long. Harvest when the pods are long but not bulging and you should be good to go! In my opinion, it is better to harvest a tad early rather than late in order to get the best texture and flavor.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"custom-videos\" class=\"custom-video-row\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/AeSqa0w4VZo?si=xJmUHsZyq7ZDjapr\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/8SKatHrTSOM?si=er9i1e6MCQjRFSI3\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/examples-of-seed-variation-natural-vs-man-made-materials\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExamples Of Seed Variation - Natural Vs Man-Made Materials\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eTopcrop Bush Bean Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30 g Packet - Approx 95 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 360 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 1,440 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 7,200 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 36,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Topcrop Bush Bean seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"30 g Packet","offer_id":31779039510643,"sku":"48441","price":3.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 Oz","offer_id":39344067510387,"sku":"50757","price":5.74,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38926607816,"sku":"30897","price":11.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38926607880,"sku":"30898","price":32.09,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38926607944,"sku":"30900","price":110.27,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/bush-bean-topcrop-seed-wm_700_1222x1222_014cac01-28aa-47e0-9b3e-f302fb0921a3.jpg?v=1764634215"},{"product_id":"cucumber-diva-hybrid","title":"Cucumber Seeds - Diva Hybrid","description":"\u003cp\u003e58 days. The Diva Hybrid cucumber is an early variety of cucumber that is sweet and tender. The Diva Hybrid is dark and semi glossy, and grows to be between six and eight inches long. Since this variety is mature in just fifty eight days, a steady harvest can be achieved by planting regularly throughout the season. AAS Winner for 2002. An all-female, gynoecious parthenocarpic cucumber, the fruits produced from Burpless Diva are dark green, semi-glossy, spineless, and 6 to 8 inches long All female plants have high yield potentials. Tolerance to multiple common cucumber diseases. Approx. 1,000 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Diva Hybrid Cucumber Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cem\u003e Cucumis sativus \u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50-60 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moist and well drained, temp of 55 to 65 F, pH 6 to 7\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiseases\/pests:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to corn wireworms, cutworms, and fungal diseases\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dark Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiva Hybrid cucumber seeds need full sun and should be planted in warm soil with a pH level between 6 and 6.8. Sow the seeds an inch deep with 36 inches between plants. If you are using a trellis, a foot between plants is adequate. Cucumbers will need regular watering while growing. When ready to harvest, cut the Diva Hybrid cucumbers at the stem. Mild sweet flavor, crisp texture, and tender skin make this an excellent eating and slicing cucumber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDiva Hybrid Cucumber Seeds Per Package\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e300 mg - Wholesale - Approximately 12 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2.5 g - Wholesale - Approximately 100 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 g - Wholesale - Approximately 1,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"10 Seeds","offer_id":43790226620531,"sku":"81535","price":3.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"100 Seeds","offer_id":43790226817139,"sku":"81536","price":9.31,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1000 Seeds","offer_id":43790226849907,"sku":"81537","price":33.81,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/cucumber-diva-hybrid-comp.jpg?v=1762440402"},{"product_id":"corn-syn-honey-select-hybrid-treated","title":"Corn Seeds - Sweet - Honey Select Hybrid (treated)","description":"\u003cp\u003e80 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eZea mays\u003c\/em\u003e. Honey Select Hybrid Corn Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, AAS winner, hybrid, Sweet Corn. Suitable for growing in garden plots or raised beds. Corn tolerates heat and drought-prone regions. Resistant to Stewart’s Wilt. AAS Winner for 2001. TripleSweet® variety produces ears which are 75% (se) and 25% (sh2). About 8 inches long. Plant height is about 72 inches. Does not require isolation from other corns. Longer harvest time without loss of eating quality. Sweet corn doesn't get any better than this. Honey Select Hybrid variety of corn seeds grow to be between five and six foot tall stalks, which provide large ears of yellow corn with a sweet flavor, between eight and nine inches. Honey Select Hybrid is mature in eighty days, and the ears produce eighteen to twenty rows of corn.  ~165 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis seed is treated with a fungicide designed to prevent or reduce seed rot in the soil. It does not affect the plant or the produce from the plant. This seed is intended for planting only. Do not eat this seed or use it for oil or animal feed. Keep this seed out of the reach of children. Wash hands after handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.myshopify.com\/products\/corn-syn-honey-select-hybrid\"\u003ePacket sizes available for untreated seeds.\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eZea mays\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 Annual: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-95 °F (16-35 °C)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5-2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorn Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet - Sweet Corn is the most popular corn for eating as corn on the cob or corn niblets. It has a high sugar content and is best enjoyed when picked a little early before the sugars turn to starch. This is your classic barbeque and picnic summer corn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-15 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 72-84 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid - Ready for harvest around 80 to 95 days from direct sowing to harvesting ripe ears of corn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to Stewart’s Wilt. Susceptible to corn wireworms, cutworms, and fungal diseases Light Yellow Kernals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHoney Select Hybrid Corn Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHoney Select Hybrid Corn Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Synergistic (syn) corn has the traits of (se) and (sh2) corn and is very sweet and also crisp. Has a slower conversion of sugars to starch than (se) corn and thus can be stored for just over a week eating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Canning or Freezing - This variety may be stored by canning or freezing to be used throughout the year.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine Harvest Friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 2,400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 12,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 60,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSYN means Synergistic or Triple Sweet. 75% sugary enhanced kernels and 25% Super sweet kernels. SE means sugary enhanced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBegin by sowing directly outdoors, 1 1\/2 inches deep with four inches between seeds and thirty inches between rows. When choosing a site in your garden, keep the sun in mind; these tall stalks have potential to block the sunlight from other plants. While growing, the crops will need one to one and a half inches of water. When the kernels are firm, the ear is ripe. To harvest, firmly pull the ear downwards while twisting. The unhusked ears can be kept in the fridge for up to one week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck out \u003ca href=\"http:\/\/learn.genetics.utah.edu\/content\/selection\/corn\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ethis article\u003c\/a\u003e about the evolution of corn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39005160072,"sku":"31193","price":85.65,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":39005160136,"sku":"31194","price":321.63,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":39005160200,"sku":"31196","price":1244.7,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/corn-syn-honey-select-hybrid-treated-Comp.jpg?v=1759441144"},{"product_id":"corn-syn-honey-select-hybrid","title":"Corn Seeds - Sweet - Honey Select Hybrid","description":"\u003cp\u003e80 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eZea mays\u003c\/em\u003e. Honey Select Hybrid Corn Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, AAS winner, hybrid, Sweet Corn. Suitable for growing in garden plots or raised beds. Corn tolerates heat and drought-prone regions. Resistant to Stewart’s Wilt. AAS Winner for 2001. TripleSweet® variety produces ears which are 75% (se) and 25% (sh2). About 8 inches long. Plant height is about 72 inches. Does not require isolation from other corns. Longer harvest time without loss of eating quality. Sweet corn doesn't get any better than this. Approx. 165 seeds\/oz. The Honey Select Hybrid variety of corn seeds grow to be between five and six foot tall stalks, which provide large ears of yellow corn with a sweet flavor, between eight and nine inches. The Honey Select Hybrid is mature in eighty days, and the ears produce eighteen to twenty rows of corn. ~165 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eZea mays\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 Annual: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-95 °F (16-35 °C)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5-2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorn Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet - Sweet Corn is the most popular corn for eating as corn on the cob or corn niblets. It has a high sugar content and is best enjoyed when picked a little early before the sugars turn to starch. This is your classic barbeque and picnic summer corn. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-15 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 72-84 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid - Ready for harvest around 80 to 95 days from direct sowing to harvesting ripe ears of corn. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to Stewart’s Wilt. Susceptible to corn wireworms, cutworms, and fungal diseases\nLight Yellow Kernals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHoney Select Hybrid Corn Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHoney Select Hybrid Corn Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Synergistic (syn) corn has the traits of (se) and (sh2) corn and is very sweet and also crisp. Has a slower conversion of sugars to starch than (se) corn and thus can be stored for just over a week eating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Canning or Freezing - This variety may be stored by canning or freezing to be used throughout the year.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine Harvest Friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 g - Approximately 58 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 660 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 2,640 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 13,200 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 66,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSYN means Synergistic or Triple Sweet. 75% sugary enhanced kernels and 25% Super sweet kernels. SE means sugary enhanced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBegin by sowing directly outdoors, 1 1\/2 inches deep with four inches between seeds and thirty inches between rows. When choosing a site in your garden, keep the sun in mind; these tall stalks have potential to block the sunlight from other plants. While growing, the crops will need one to one and a half inches of water. When the kernels are firm, the ear is ripe. To harvest, firmly pull the ear downwards while twisting. The unhusked ears can be kept in the fridge for up to one week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck out \u003ca href=\"http:\/\/learn.genetics.utah.edu\/content\/selection\/corn\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ethis article\u003c\/a\u003e about the evolution of corn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"10 Gram Packet","offer_id":31908331290739,"sku":"48566","price":4.19,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39345705975923,"sku":"50890","price":18.72,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39005163400,"sku":"31197","price":55.15,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":39005163464,"sku":"31198","price":207.73,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":39005163528,"sku":"31200","price":820.54,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Corn-Seeds-Sweet-Honey-Select-Hybrid-comp.jpg?v=1762440408"},{"product_id":"carrot-imperator-58","title":"Carrot Seeds - Imperator 58","description":"\u003cp\u003e65-80 days. The Imperator 58 carrot is a colorful and crunchy addition to any home garden. Seeds produce nine inch long tapered roots with a bright orange color. Their tops are green and fluffy, growing up to eight inches tall. This crop requires sandy, well-drained soil with no rocks, in an area with full sun. Carrots take sixty five to eighty days to reach full maturity. The variety is sweet and tender, and is commonly found being sold in supermarkets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Imperator 58 Carrot Vegetable Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e daucus carota subsp. Sativus\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 65-80 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-9\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e ½\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Light, well drained, sandy soil; pH between 6.5 and 7.5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to weevils and carrot rust fly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet and tender\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Directions:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImperator 58 Carrots require loose sandy soil with a pH level of approximately seven. Ensure that the soil is free of rocks and lumps so that these carrots can grow straight down. To do so, rake through the soil before sowing seeds. Seeds must be planted directly in an area with full sun, because they are a root crop. Sow seeds half an inch deep with one to two inches between the plants and twelve to eighteen inches between rows. Keep the soil moist, providing around one inch of water each week, and regularly remove weeds as these will affect the roots\" growth. After around sixty five to eighty days, the Imperator 58 carrots will be ready to be harvested. Pull them directly out of the ground when the tops sticking out of the soil appear to be full size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFacts:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRead this \u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.whfoods.com\/genpage.php?tname=foodspice\u0026amp;dbid=21\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e article\u003c\/a\u003e on the health benefits of Carrots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 g - Approximately 1,200 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 18,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 72,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 288,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 1,440,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 7,200,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"5g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":39016295752,"sku":"18581","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":39005164616,"sku":"31205","price":5.61,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39016295560,"sku":"31204","price":10.19,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39016295624,"sku":"31202","price":26.66,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":39016295688,"sku":"31203","price":88.01,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":39344899457139,"sku":"50790","price":357.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/carrot-imperator-58-comp.jpg?v=1762440408"},{"product_id":"carrot-purple-haze-hybrid","title":"Carrot Seeds - Purple Haze Hybrid","description":"\u003cp\u003e70 days. The Purple Haze carrot produces roots with a beautiful blend of purple and orange that looks almost tie dye-like. Each carrot has a deep purple exterior with a bright orange center that blends outward. Carrots can grow up to eight inches long, and are thick and cylindrical with tapered ends. They are sweet and tender, making an excellent addition to many dishes. This garden crop thrives with full sun in zones three to nine, and does best in sandy, well-drained soil. The Purple Haze carrot will be ready to harvest after seventy days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Purple Haze Hybrid Carrot Vegetable Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e daucus carota subsp. Sativus\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-9\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e ½\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Light, well drained, sandy soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to weevils and carrot rust fly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Purple with a bright orange core\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet and tender\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Directions:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese carrots need to be sown directly outdoors so that they can immediately begin their growth. Sow seeds all at once, or sow a few rows each week throughout the spring for a continual harvest. The soil should be sandy and moist, with a pH level of approximately seven. When spacing out the seeds, be sure to keep one to two inches between the plants and twelve to eighteen inches between rows. Seeds should each be covered in half an inch of soil. Water the roots consistently throughout their growth. After around 70 days, the Purple Haze Hybrid Carrots will be ready to be pulled from the ground and enjoyed. To keep them fresh and delicious for long periods of time, remove their tops and bury them in the dirt in a box. Store in a cool dry area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFacts:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese carrots are full of surprises, with a deep purple exterior, but a bright orange that is revealed when they are sliced. Read this \u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.whfoods.com\/genpage.php?tname=foodspice\u0026amp;dbid=21\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e article\u003c\/a\u003e on the health benefits of Carrots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 g - Approximately 1,200 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 18,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 72,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 288,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 1,440,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"200 Seeds (3x4)","offer_id":39009560264,"sku":"18584","price":3.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1000 Seeds","offer_id":39009560072,"sku":"31437","price":6.82,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10,000 Seeds","offer_id":39009560136,"sku":"31438","price":32.04,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/carrot-purple-haze-hybrid-Comp.jpg?v=1762440421"},{"product_id":"cucumber-salad-bush-hybrid","title":"Cucumber Seeds - Salad Bush Hybrid","description":"\u003cp\u003e57 days. Salad Bush Hybrid cucumber seeds is a large variety of cucumber that is sweet and tender. The Salad Bush Hybrid is green and smooth, and grows to be eight inches long. Since this variety is mature in sixty days, a steady harvest can be achieved by planting regularly throughout the season. AAS Winner. Recommended by USU. 8 inch, dark green, smooth and uniform fruits on very compact vines. Great for small gardens, in pots, or in tubs. Multi disease resistant including cucumber mosaic virus, downey mildew, powdery mildew, scab, and target leaf spot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Salad Bush Cucumber Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cem\u003e Cucumis sativus \u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 57 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bush\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well drained, temperature between 65 and 75 degrees.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiseases\/pests:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to corn wireworms, cutworms, and fungal diseases\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green with white stripes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSalad Bush Hybrid cucumber seeds need full sun and should be planted in warm soil with a pH level between 6 and 6.8. Sow the seeds an inch deep with 12 inches between plants. Cucumbers will need regular watering while growing. When ready to harvest, cut the Salad Bush cucumbers at the stem. Salad Bush Hybrid cucumber seeds need full sun and should be planted in warm soil with a pH level between 6 and 6.8. Sow the seeds an inch deep with 12 inches between plants. Cucumbers will need regular watering while growing. When ready to harvest, cut the Salad Bush Hybrid cucumbers at the stem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"10 Seeds","offer_id":32139738153075,"sku":"49776","price":4.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100 Seeds","offer_id":39016303688,"sku":"31474","price":23.65,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1000 Seeds","offer_id":39016303880,"sku":"31475","price":176.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/cucumber-salad-bush-hybrid-Comp.jpg?v=1756483136"},{"product_id":"cucumber-spacemaster-80","title":"Cucumber Seeds - Spacemaster 80","description":"\u003cp\u003e60-65 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eCucumis sativus\u003c\/em\u003e. Spacemaster 80 Cucumber Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, heirloom, monoecious, slicing cucumber. Suitable for growing in fields, containers (with support), garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses (with pollinators). Resistant to Cucumber Mosaic Virus, Downy Mildew, Powdery Mildew, and Scab. Dark green, smooth, slender, cylindrical, uniform 7-8 in. fruits form on dwarf 36 in. vines with no runners. A great choice for container gardens. Adaptable to a wide range of climates. ~950 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eCucumis sativus\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Annual 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-65\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, this is the preferred method for growing cucumber seeds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, while direct sowing is the preferred method, starting indoors is common. Start 3-4 weeks before transplanting. Cucumbers need warm air and soil temperatures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCucumber Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Slicing - Slicing cucumbers typically are longer and have a thicker, smoother skin that is usually peeled off before eating. Ideal for eating fresh and in salads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCucumber Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Monoecious - These cucumbers produce both male and female flowers. While insects carry out pollination activity, you may hand-pollinate to increase the likelihood of fruit set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid - Around 45-64 Days from sowing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 48 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-30 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compact vine. Cucumbers can grow along the soil surface, but are often healthier with a vertical support to promote airflow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The hairy leaves and prickly spines of cucumbers generally lead deer to pursue other plants first. However, deer will eat them if there aren’t more appetizing options nearby.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cucumbers prefer rich, well-draining soils with a pH of 6-6.8. Consistent watering is required for abundant yields.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer 64-86 F. Cucumbers do not tolerate frost and often become damaged at temperatures below 50F.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 75-85 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e This variety is resistant to Cucumber Mosaic Virus, Downy Mildew, Powdery Mildew, and Scab. Cucumbers are generally known to be susceptible to snails, aphids, cutworms, spider mites, squash vine borers, and cucumber beetles. Common diseases include powdery mildew and cucumber mosaic virus. Reduce the effects of pests and disease by practicing crop rotation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacemaster 80 Cucumber Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacemaster 80 Cucumber Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mild, slightly sweet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Fields, Containers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Spacemaster 80 Cucumber in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCucumbers perform best when directly sown 1-2 weeks after your last frost date, but may be started 3-4 weeks before transplanting. Sow 1 inch deep, 12-18 inches apart, with rows spaced 48 inches. Grow in a location with rich, well-draining soil and full sun. While cucumbers can be left to sprawl across the soil, supporting them vertically with a trellis can promote healthy growth and airflow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCucumbers are mostly water and perform best with consistent watering applications. As a monoecious type, it is important that the flowers are pollinated by insects or by hand to develop fruit. Monoecious plants have both male and female flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Spacemaster 80 Cucumber\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese slender, smooth, dark green fruits are uniform with a length of 7-8 inches. Cucumbers produce more prolifically when they are harvested frequently while young. Allowing fruits to become overly mature may reduce overall yields. Remove cucumbers using harvesting or pruning shears and avoid pulling them from the plant to prevent damage to your harvest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Spacemaster 80 Cucumber Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpacemaster 80 is perfect for container gardeners as its compact size allows it to thrive in small spaces, even hanging baskets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"To protect young cucumber plants from cucumber beetles, cover them with a floating row cover until flowers begin to form.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"Ashleigh Smith\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/ashleigh-smith-compressed_480x480.jpg?v=1654009527\" width=\"89\" height=\"89\" style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e- Ashleigh Smith, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSpacemaster 80 Cucumber Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 g - Wholesale - Approximately 25 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 950 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 3,800 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 15,200 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 76,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 380,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Spacemaster 80 Cucumber seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"1 Gram Packet","offer_id":31908923277427,"sku":"48576","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":39016322824,"sku":"31549","price":5.69,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39016322888,"sku":"31548","price":8.77,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39016322952,"sku":"31546","price":20.53,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":39352933384307,"sku":"50920","price":66.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":39352933646451,"sku":"50921","price":254.84,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/cucumber-spacemaster-80-Comp.jpg?v=1759441151"},{"product_id":"cucumber-straight-eight","title":"Cucumber Seeds - Straight Eight","description":"\u003cp\u003e55-60 days. Straight Eight Cucumber Seeds. \u003cem\u003eCucumis sativus\u003c\/em\u003e. Non-GMO. Heirloom. Nearly a century-old American heirloom, the Straight Eight is an award-winning slicing cucumber known for its uniformly straight 8 inch fruits. The Straight Eight debuted as a 1935 All-America Selection vegetable winner for reliable production and dual purpose for pickling and raw eating. Fully mature cucumber plants produce so vigorously that even two plants may be a bit much for home. Approx 1058 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Straight Eight Cucumber Vegetable Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003eCucumis sativus\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Annual 3-11\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55-60\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36-48 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36-48 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Loamy, sandy, fertilized, well drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 65-85 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Watch for cucumber beetles, squash bugs, aphids. Mildew and spotting may occur in poorly drained soil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStraight Eight Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Softer green skin compared to some dark slicing cucumbers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStraight Eight Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet and crunchy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Grow Straight Eight Cucumber from Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCucumber is a warm weather crop best if begun indoors 4-6 weeks prior to final spring frost. Plant 3-4 seeds 1\" deep per individual cell in loamy, sandy, well-drained soil with a pH of 6-6.5. Seeds germinate in 3-10 days, transplanting best starts 36-48\" apart in the garden once true leaves establish. Cucumbers perform best when grown on 8\" tall mounds and provided a trellis to minimize crowding. Shallow roots will benefit from regular watering and top layer of mulch. Bush varieties perform well in pots and containers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStraight 8's are extremely dependable at producing a crop. Bad luck with other cucumbers last season, then this is the one to try this year. Eight inches of perfect straight cucumber slicing excellence! You'll be giving them away to the neighbors there are so many!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStraight Eight Cucumber in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Straight Eight is large with a small seed cavity. Since this variety is mature in just fifty eight days, a steady harvest can be achieved by planting regularly throughout the season. AAS Winner. 8 inch fruits are dark green with white spines and small seed cavity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStraight Eight cucumber seeds need full sun and should be planted in warm soil with a pH level between 6 and 6.8. Sow the seeds an inch deep with 36 inches between plants. If you are using a trellis, a foot between plants is adequate. Cucumbers will need regular watering while growing. When ready to harvest, cut the Straight Eight cucumbers at the stem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Straight Eight Cucumbers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMany varieties of cucumber are ready for harvest about 60 days from sowing while smaller pickling varieties may be ready sooner. Ripe cucumbers are solid green and firm, becoming bitter and yellow if left on the vine too long. Classic slicing cucumbers are sweetest when 7-9\" long, becoming starchy and grainy when reaching 12\" or more. Remove fruits with scissors or a knife rather than twisting or plucking to prevent damaging the vine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCucumbers are a great garden vegetable to eat right off the vine, in a salad, or mixed into plain yogurt with herbs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Straight Eight Cucumber Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/all-americaselections.org\/product\/cucumber-straight-8\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1935 All-America Selections - Vegetable Winner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStraight Eight Cucumber was introduced by Ferry Morse in 1935\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e1937 MacFayden Seed Co. catalog says Straight Eight Cucumber seeds...\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\"A real forward step in Cucumbers. Received the Gold Medal Award in the All American Trials, 1935, and the Mark of Approval of the Manitoba Market Growers' Association on inspection of our Trial Grounds last season. Well grown, it ... ... 8 inches in length, just what the Market wants; is uniformly cylindrical and retains its dark green color, flesh is thick; seed cavity small; flavor excellent. It is early, following the early Pickling sorts in maturity. The most outstanding cucumber developed to date. Originator's stock.\"\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e1947 Pike Seed Co. catalog says about Straight Eight Cucumber seeds...\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\"8 inches in length and about 2 1\/2 inches in diameter. The long, dark green fruits are well rounded at the ends and show no objectionable striping at the tips. A heavy cropper.\"\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e1950 Lindenberg Seed Co. catalog says about Straight Eight Cucumber seeds...\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\"A favorite for home or market, fruits are straight and about 8 inches long. Its even deep color and symmetrical shape are outstanding characteristics.\"\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e1968 Buckerfield Seed Co. catalog. says about Straight Eight Cucumber seeds...\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\"We consider this one of the best varieties offered, having a good deep color and superior flavor. The fruit is about 8 inches in length and 2 to 2 1\/4 inches in diameter.\"\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended by the University of Florida Institute of Food and Agricultural Sciences. \u003cstrong\u003e\"These seed varieties have been tested and proven resilient in the Florida backyard garden.\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eStraight Eight Cucumber Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 g - Approximately 112 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz- Approximately 1058 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 4,232 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 16,928 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 84,640 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 423,200 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Straight Eight cucumber seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on orders over $75.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"3g Packet","offer_id":39016324808,"sku":"18598","price":2.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":39016324552,"sku":"31569","price":7.57,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39016324616,"sku":"31568","price":14.18,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39016324680,"sku":"31567","price":37.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":39016324744,"sku":"37073","price":134.01,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":39352944164979,"sku":"50922","price":527.27,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Cucumber-Straight-Eight_0d32f2d6-adb6-4748-b982-cdcb2f4e5858.jpg?v=1762440438"},{"product_id":"cucumber-sweet-success-hybrid","title":"Cucumber Seeds - Sweet Success Hybrid","description":"\u003cp\u003e60 days. The Sweet Success Hybrid cucumber is a large variety of cucumber that is sweet and tender. The Sweet Success Hybrid is dark green and smooth, and grows to be twelve inches long. Since this variety is mature in sixty days, a steady harvest can be achieved by planting regularly throughout the season. AAS Winner. Recommended by USU. An excellent burpless hybrid suitable for growing outdoors or in a greenhouse. The 14 inch long, straight fruits are very mild, sweet, and seedless if grown away from other varieties. Outstanding gynoecious (all female flowers) and parthenocarpic (sets fruit without pollination) hybrid. Excellent for Utah's climatic conditions. CMV, DM, Sc, TLS. Approx. 850 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Sweet Success Hybrid Cucumber Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cem\u003e Cucumis sativus \u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-70 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well drained, temperature between 65 and 75 degrees.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiseases\/pests:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to corn wireworms, cutworms, and fungal diseases\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dark Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSweet Success Hybrid cucumber seeds need full sun and should be planted in warm soil with a pH level between 6 and 6.8. Sow the seeds an inch deep with 36 inches between plants. If you are using a trellis, a foot between plants is adequate. Cucumbers will need regular watering while growing. When ready to harvest, cut the Sweet Success Hybrid cucumbers at the stem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"10 Seeds","offer_id":32139741724787,"sku":"42072","price":7.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100 Seeds","offer_id":39016343240,"sku":"31603","price":36.43,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1000 Seeds","offer_id":39016343368,"sku":"31604","price":349.22,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Cucumber-Sweet-Success-Hybrid-Seed-Comp_8185ddbc-2c18-4c31-8363-668e4cad6064.jpg?v=1762440441"},{"product_id":"eggplant-fairy-tale-hybrid","title":"Eggplant Seeds - Fairy Tale Hybrid","description":"\u003cp\u003e50 days. AAS Winner for 2005. New miniature eggplants are white with violet\/purple stripes. The fruit are non-bitter, with a tender skin and few seeds. The elongated, oval eggplants can be picked when quite small at 1-2oz or left on the plant until double that weight and the flavor and tenderness remain. The petite plant reaches only 2 ½ ft tall and wide and adapts well to container gardening. Mountain Valley Seeds carried these Eggplant seeds in a variety of sizes including both retail and wholesale prices. Order online or stop by today!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Fairy Tale Hybrid Eggplant Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cem\u003e Solanum melongena \u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50-60 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moist, 50-55 degrees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiseases\/pests:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to corn wireworms, cutworms, and fungal diseases\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Purple\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mildly bitter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEggplants can be sown indoors and transplanted outdoors when they are at least six inches tall and the weather has warmed to at least 55 degrees Fahrenheit. To begin, poke a hole half an inch deep in each pot or tray that you are using, and sow two seeds in each. Lightly cover the seeds and place the pots or trays by a window with full sunlight. Eggplant needs moist soil to thrive, so keep the soil watered. Once you see two sets of leaves sprouting up, thin them out by cutting the weaker of the two down to soil level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter transplanting outdoors, you should water the millionaire purple hybrid eggplants every day to keep the soil moist. Since the crops can become heavy, it can be helpful to use a post, pole, or other support. When the globes are glossy, you can harvest them by snipping them off the vine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdditional information about eggplants from UC Davis: http:\/\/vric.ucdavis.edu\/pdf\/eggplant.pdf\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"10 Seeds","offer_id":32141671170163,"sku":"49779","price":4.09,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100 seeds","offer_id":39016374984,"sku":"31855","price":10.63,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"500 seeds","offer_id":39016375048,"sku":"11080","price":47.86,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/eggplant-fairy-tale-hybrid-comp.jpg?v=1759441153"},{"product_id":"eggplant-gretel-hybrid","title":"Eggplant Seeds - Gretel Hybrid","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e50 days. AAS Winner for 2005. New miniature eggplants are white with violet\/purple stripes. The fruit are non-bitter, with a tender skin and few seeds. The elongated, oval eggplants can be picked when quite small at 1-2oz or left on the plant until double that weight and the flavor and tenderness remain. The petite plant reaches only 2 ½ ft tall and wide and adapts well to container gardening. \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Gretel Hybrid Eggplant Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cem\u003e Solanum melongena \u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50-60 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moist, 50-55 degrees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiseases\/pests:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to corn wireworms, cutworms, and fungal diseases\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mildly bitter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEggplant seeds can be sown indoors and transplanted outdoors when they are at least six inches tall and the weather has warmed to at least 55 degrees Fahrenheit. To begin, poke a hole half an inch deep in each pot or tray that you are using, and sow two seeds in each. Lightly cover the seeds and place the pots or trays by a window with full sunlight. Eggplant needs moist soil to thrive, so keep the soil watered. Once you see two sets of leaves sprouting up, thin them out by cutting the weaker of the two down to soil level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter transplanting outdoors, you should water the Gretel Hybrid eggplants every day to keep the soil moist. Since the crops can become heavy, it can be helpful to use a post, pole, or other support. When the globes are glossy, you can harvest them by snipping them off the vine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdditional information about eggplants from UC Davis: http:\/\/vric.ucdavis.edu\/pdf\/eggplant.pdf\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"10 Seeds","offer_id":32141683622003,"sku":"49782","price":4.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100 Seeds","offer_id":32141683589235,"sku":"31863","price":16.32,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/eggplant-gretel-hybrid-Comp.jpg?v=1757444417"},{"product_id":"lettuce-leaf-ruby-red-seeds","title":"Lettuce Seeds - Leaf - Ruby Red","description":"\u003cp\u003e \n\nNon-GMO Ruby Red Leaf Lettuce is ready in 35-45 days. Lettuce forms compact plants with loose, crumpled reddish-green leaves. Ruby Red is the darkest red of all red lettuces, won't fade, and is heat resistant. A very decorative plant in the garden, these non-GMO Ruby Red seeds grow into greenish-red, loose lettuce leaves. The Ruby Red can be grown in zones 3-9. The leaves of the Ruby Red have a mildly sweet flavor. \n\n\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Ruby Red Leaf Lettuce Vegetable Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lactuca sativa\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Leaf Lettuce\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35-45 days\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-9\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/8 inches\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-10 inches\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mound\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moist, well-draining\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45-90°\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun or partial shade\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lettuce that is crowded while growing will have a bitter taste. Susceptible to aphids and slugs. \u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red and Bronze shades among green.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mildly sweet \u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003cbr\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003e Ruby Red Leaf Lettuce Growth Habits:\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003e \n\nStart by sowing the non-GMO seeds 1\/8 inch in soil, eight to ten inches apart, in rows twelve inches apart. Ensure enough space between seeds for the lettuce to grow, as overcrowding can cause the lettuce to have a bitter taste. Firm the soil lightly. While growing, keep the soil well-watered. Harvest 35 to 45 days after planting. \n\n\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cbr\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eVarious Uses for Ruby Red Leaf Lettuce:\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003e \n\nRuby Red Lead Lettuce is a delicious addition to a salad. Toss it with some olive oil and champagne vinegar to highlight a mildly sweet taste. Top with a poached egg, salt, and pepper with crusty bread to make it a complete meal. \n\n\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cbr\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003e Ruby Red Leaf Lettuce Benefits:\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003e \n\nLettuce is low in calories, but high in nutrition. A diet rich in greens leads to many health benefits. Lettuce is high in iron, folate, vitamin C, and fiber. Eating lettuce is a great alternative to carbohydrates, and can lower blood sugar. \n\n\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cbr\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eAdditional Information:\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eGive your lettuce room to grow. Lettuce that is crowded will have a bitter taste. \u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cbr\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\n\u003cul\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 6,800 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 27,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 108,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 544,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"1 Gram Packet","offer_id":31916725403763,"sku":"48611","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":39019212680,"sku":"32571","price":10.34,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39019212872,"sku":"32570","price":22.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39019213000,"sku":"32569","price":65.87,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":39019213128,"sku":"37831","price":248.56,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":18295077044339,"sku":"42189","price":990.91,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/lettuce-leaf-ruby-red-seeds-comp.jpg?v=1762440464"},{"product_id":"melon-cantaloupe-imperial-45-seeds","title":"Melon Seeds - Cantaloupe - Imperial 45","description":"\u003cp\u003e65-85 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eCucumis melo\u003c\/em\u003e. Imperial 45 Cantaloupe Melon Seeds. A non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, heirloom, AAS winner, heat-tolerant Cantaloupe Melon. Suitable for growing in garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. Moderately resistant to Powdery Mildew. The Imperial 45 variety of cantaloupe grows into hardy vines that produce large melons with a classic light golden coloring. Their flesh is sweet and delicious. Also known as Hale’s Best No. 45 and Imperial 45 Shipper, this is your basic and classic Southern California market melon. ~1,000 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eCucumis melo\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 Annual Crop: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 65-85\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.5-1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow 1-2 weeks after your last frost date.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. Melons may be started indoors 2-4 weeks before your last spring frost date. Wait to transplant them outdoors until at least 1 week after your last frost date as melons grow best with warm soil. Avoid leaving them in seed starting containers for long as melons are sensitive to transplanting. Harden off to reduce the effects of transplant shock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMelon Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Melons require insects, such as bees, for successful pollination. As monoecious plants they produce separate male and female flowers on the same plant. This means that not every flower will develop into fruit. We recommend growing an assortment of flowers near or throughout your garden to attract pollinators.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMelon Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cantaloupe - Cantaloupe is a muskmelon with a scaly or 'netted' outer rind, and sweet flesh that is most commonly orange, but can also be yellow or green. The flavor can only be described as 'cantaloupe', while the odor is slightly musky.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 inches in row or 2-3 plants per hill.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-15 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 48-72 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 48-72 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sprawled, Trailing Vine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid - Ready for harvest around 80-95 days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Melons prefer warm, well-draining but moist, nutrient-rich, loamy to sandy loam soil with a pH of 6.5 to 7.5.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-90 F). \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70-95 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moderately resistant to Powdery Mildew. Generally, melons are commonly susceptible to pest damage by aphids, cucumber beetles, squash bugs, cutworms, white flies, and melon worms. Look for signs of chewing, curling leaves, eggs on the undersides of leaves, and leaf discoloration. Melons are also susceptible to Powdery Mildew, Downy Mildew, and Fusarium Wilt, Anthracnose, and Bacterial Wilt. Maintain a regular watering schedule that avoids overly saturated soil. The roots need adequate time to air out between watering. This will also help prevent common fungal and bacterial diseases from developing. Good air circulation and applying water to the ground rather than the leaves will help maintain healthy bean plant growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImperial 45 Cantaloupe Melon Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Husk is light brown and skin is golden orange.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImperial 45 Cantaloupe Melon Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet, rich flavor with a juicy, aromatic quality. It has that classic cantaloupe taste, perfect for enjoying fresh.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMelon Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e The melon is typically eaten fresh but is also great for fruit salads, smoothies, desserts, and as a healthy snack.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Imperial 45 Cantaloupe Melon in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Imperial 45 cantaloupe is a sturdy plant that does well when sown indoors and transplanted a few weeks later or sown directly outdoors. These seeds need rich and sandy soil, and it is best if the soil's pH level is between 6.5 and 7.5. They also need an area with full sunlight to thrive fully, so look for this when determining the best area to grow your vines. Sow each seed with the pointed end pointing downwards in a small lump of soil, and cover each one with about half an inch of soil. Keep four to six feet between the rows, spacing plants two to three feet apart within these rows. Water them close to the ground, aiming not to get the vines wet in the process, which can often cause plant diseases.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf sowing directly outdoors, plant the seeds about 0.5 inches deep, spacing each seed 24 inches apart. For those starting seeds indoors, harden off your seedlings before transplanting them outside. This means gradually exposing them to outdoor conditions over a week or two, starting with just a few hours a day in a sheltered spot and then increasing exposure to direct sunlight and outdoor temperatures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDuring the growing season, fertilization is key. Melons are heavy feeders, so applying a balanced fertilizer (such as 10-10-10) when the vines begin to run and again when the fruit begins to form can help boost production. Some gardeners prune the vines to focus energy on fewer fruits for larger melons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Imperial 45 Cantaloupe Melon\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo know when to harvest, look for several key indicators: the rind should change to a tan or buff color with a well-defined netting, and the fruit should slip easily off the vine when gently pulled. You’ll also notice a sweet fragrance, especially around the blossom end of the melon, which signals that it’s fully ripe. You can also cut the melon from the vine, but be careful not to harvest too early as cantaloupes don’t mature much more after harvest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Imperial 45 Cantaloupe Melon Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e Imperial 45 is one of a few varieties of cantaloupe that have come as a result of I.D. Hale’s plant research and development efforts in the early 1900s. They are all outstanding varieties, especially for growing in California. While it used to be a new variety, it is now considered an heirloom.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis melon variety has remained a staple in gardens due to its reliable growth and high productivity. Its sweetness, rich aroma, and juicy flesh make it a favorite.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLike other cantaloupes, Imperial 45 melons are packed with nutrients. They are an excellent source of vitamin C, which boosts the immune system, and vitamin A (in the form of beta-carotene), which is essential for good vision and skin health.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImperial 45 Cantaloupe won the All-American Selections award for garden merit in 1935.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"When growing cantaloupe, I recommend amending the garden soil with plenty of compost before planting. This will give the seedlings the nutrition boost they need to be hardy and robust and eventually produce some large, delicious melons.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"custom-videos\" class=\"custom-video-row\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/AeSqa0w4VZo?si=xJmUHsZyq7ZDjapr\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/8SKatHrTSOM?si=er9i1e6MCQjRFSI3\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eImperial 45 Cantaloupe Melon Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 g - Wholesale - Approximately 100 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 1,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 4,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 16,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 80,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Imperial 45 Cantaloupe Melon seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"3 Gram Packet","offer_id":31917993394291,"sku":"48628","price":3.09,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":39021052296,"sku":"32774","price":7.02,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39021052360,"sku":"32773","price":12.23,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39021052424,"sku":"32772","price":30.97,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":39021052488,"sku":"37838","price":107.37,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":31977490481267,"sku":"49423","price":419.18,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/melon-cantaloupe-imperial-45-seeds-comp.jpg?v=1759441171"},{"product_id":"okra-clemson-spineless","title":"Okra Seeds - Clemson Spineless","description":"\u003cp\u003e50-70 days. Clemson Spineless Okra Seeds. \u003cem\u003eAbelmoschus esculentus\u003c\/em\u003e. Non-GMO. Heirloom. Also known as Clemson Spineless 80. Clemson Spineless okra debutedas the 1939 All-America Selections Vegetable Winner is a highly popular variety for its fantastic texture and flavor. Pods grow 6-9\" long with slightly tapered ends and ribbing. Plants are 3 feet tall. Pods are most tender when they are harvested at 3\" long. Delicious fried, and used in soups and cooked dishes. Fine quality and prolific. ~500 seeds per ounce.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Clemson Spineless Okra Vegetable Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003eAbelmoschus esculentus\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Annual 5-11\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-70\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-14\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36-60 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bushy upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rich, loamy, composted, well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 75-90 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to rot in poorly drained soil. Monitor for aphids, whiteflies, spider mites, earwigs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClemson Spineless Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dark to light green pods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClemson Spineless Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet, herbal, grassy notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Grow Clemson Spineless Okra from Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOkra is a full sun crop that does not perform well in cold soils. Seeds can be sown direct after the final frost date but, for earliest starts, begin indoors 3-4 weeks prior. Plant 2-3 seeds 1\/2\" deep per peat pot or 4-6\" apart in the garden in sandy, Organically fertile, and well-drained soil with a pH of 5.8-7.0. Okra germinates in 4-10 days, transplanting or thinning your best starts to 18-24\" apart in the garden. Seeds may pre-soak 12-18 hours to accelerate germination, but is not required. Okra thrives from regular watering and fertilizing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOkra thrives alongside other full sun staples such as melon, cucumber, and eggplant. These plants don't do well in cool temperatures, so be sure to keep them away from frost. During growth, remove weeds so that they don't interfere.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeeds should be given plenty of room and a warm environment with full sun to thrive and fully mature. Plants do best when seeds are sown directly, but can also do well when seedlings are started indoors and transplanted after around 30 days for areas with shorter growing seasons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClemson Spineless Okra in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOkra is a heat-loving summertime favorite synonymous with some of the hottest, most humid regions in the country. Okra is a fruiting crop that produces tender 2-3\" edible pods all the way through the warmest months of the year. Related to both hibiscus and hollyhock, okra is also celebrated for its huge, gorgeous flowers that bloom in shades of orange, pink, red, and white.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClemson Spineless okra grow in the wild of Ethiopia and Egypt, and thrive in warm temperatures such as those in the South of the United States. These plants thrive in heat, and are easy to grow at home. They are very tender, with spineless pods, and sell well at farmers markets as well as commercially. Watch out for over saturated soil during plant growth that can lead to disease, but keep soil moist enough to provide for the plant. Pods can be stored for longer periods of time by blanching or freezing them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Clemson Spineless Okra\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOkra is most flavorful when harvested at 2-3\" long or about 60 days after sowing. Harvest often to keep up with fruiting while encouraging production. Wear gloves when handling okra plants because the fine hairs are known to cause skin irritation. Using a knife, simply cut okra pods from the plant while leaving some stem attached to the fruit. Garden fresh okra does not store well and should be enjoyed the day it is picked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePods are most tender and delicious when picked young, at around 3 inches long. To harvest pods, cut them off the stem of the plant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Clemson Spineless Okra Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDeveloped by Clemson University.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClemson Spineless 80 has longer pods, a more open form, and \u003cem\u003eLESS\u003c\/em\u003e prickly spines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProduces earlier than many okra varieties and can have some real heavy yields.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePods are tastiest around 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePick your okra daily. Never let the pods grow out past 3\" or they will become tough. Even worse the plant will quit producing more yummy okra! Then whatcha going to do when it is time for gumbo!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCream-colored flowers are also edible and may be stuffed or used as a garnish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor those of you in the South where I come from you will have no problem growing okra, but if like me you now find yourself in an area with cool summers like the Pacific Northwest growing okra can be a tricky business. Try starting it in a greenhouse and transplanting into the garden about May. At best you'll get a taste of okra for a few weeks on stunted 2' plants depending on your micro climate. To improve your okra plants you need to improve the heat units. To do that try planting next to heat sinks like houses, brick\/rock walls or anything that will absorb and radiate heat. Good luck and send me your success stories!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eClemson Spineless Okra Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 g - Packet - Approx 175 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz- Wholesale - Approx 500 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Wholesale - Approx 2,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Wholesale - Approx 8,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk - Approx 40,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Bulk - Approx 200,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Clemson Spineless okra seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on orders over $75.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"10g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":39021056200,"sku":"18629","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":39353672302707,"sku":"50973","price":4.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39021055944,"sku":"32978","price":6.66,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39021056008,"sku":"32976","price":12.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":39021056136,"sku":"32977","price":33.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":39353672597619,"sku":"50974","price":124.21,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Okra-Seeds-Clemson-Spineless-80-Comp.jpg?v=1762440477"},{"product_id":"pumpkin-autumn-gold-hybrid","title":"Pumpkin Seeds - Autumn Gold Hybrid","description":"\u003cp\u003e \n\nNon-GMO Hybrid Autumn Gold Pumpkins are the perfect all-purpose pumpkin. These pumpkins are great for carving, cooking, and seeds. Autumn Gold is ready in 90 days. Each vine will produce 3-5 pumpkin that are 7-10 pounds each. Due to its early producing, this is a great choice for northern gardens.This is a farmstand favorite for a reason! \n\n\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e \n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Hybrid Autumn Gold Pumpkin Vegetable Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cucurbita pepo\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Autumn Gold\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90 days\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-9\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36-48 inches\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vine\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moist, well-draining\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70-85°\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cucumber beetle, powder mildew\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Golden orange\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003cbr\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003e Hybrid Autumn Gold Pumpkin Growth Habits:\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003e \n\nPlant Hybrid Autumn Gold Pumpkin directly into the soil, and watch the pumpkins mature for 90 days. Pumpkins need space and full sun. The biggest issue will be providing plenty of room to prevent rot and mildew. Good circulation is key. Harvest when Autumn Gold Pumpkins are around 10 pounds. \n\n\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cbr\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eVarious Uses for Hybrid Autumn Gold Pumpkin:\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003e \n\nThis is the pumpkin to plant if you have big fall plans ahead. The reason for this is the pumpkin can be used for carving, baking, and seeds. So it can be used in a variety of fall activities. Carve a few, and use the rest for eating. Roast the flesh and use it in a variety of recipes. Reserve the seeds for roasting. Toss seeds in some spices for an extra treat. \n\n\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cbr\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003e Hybrid Autumn Gold Pumpkin Benefits:\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003e \n\nHybrid Autumn Gold Pumpkins have so many health benefits. Pumpkins are excellent for you, and they are delicious. Fiber in pumpkin will aid digestion and make you feel full longer. Fiber can also help with blood sugar regulation. The many antioxidants found in Hybrid Autumn Gold Pumpkins can prevent numerous diseases. \n\n\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cbr\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eAdditional Information:\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003e1987 AAS Winner\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cbr\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\n\u003cul\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 6,800 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 27,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 108,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 544,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"4 g Packet","offer_id":31959214588019,"sku":"48837","price":4.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":39021066696,"sku":"33115","price":13.04,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39021066760,"sku":"33114","price":33.92,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39021066824,"sku":"33113","price":104.21,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 Lb","offer_id":31977506472051,"sku":"49441","price":387.24,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":31977506701427,"sku":"49442","price":1552.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/pumpkin-autumn-gold-hybrid-seed-wm_700_1222x1222_9fc89346-55ca-47d7-b680-ad8d36bab915.jpg?v=1764634195"},{"product_id":"pumpkin-baby-bear","title":"Pumpkin Seeds - Baby Bear","description":"\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Baby Bear Pumpkin is an AAS Winner who is ready in 105 days. Pumpkin vines produce bright orange fruits that measure 5 to 6 inches across and weigh 1 ½ to 2 pounds. These are the perfect sized pumpkins for kids to carve and decorate. You can also roast the pumpkin and turn it into pies as well. Seeds are delicious when roasted and seasoned to perfection. Handles are easy to drip, and the storage quality means this pumpkin will last a while.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Baby Bear Pumpkin Vegetable Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cucurbita pepo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Baby Bear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 105 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 48 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moist, well-draining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 75-95°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powdery mildew, cucumber beetles, squash bugs, and vine borers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBaby Bear Pumpkin Growth Habits:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant seeds when the weather is above 70°. Baby Bear Pumpkins grown vines, so give them room to grow. This pumpkin variety is a heavy producer, and you should see 10-20 pumpkins in a season. If your summers are shorter, start seeds indoors 3-4 weeks before you would normally plant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVarious Uses for Baby Bear Pumpkin:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the pumpkin for children! Kids love this pumpkin's size, and they have the perfect handle to be picked up by small hands. These make the perfect small jack-o-lantern, have good roasting seeds, and can be turned into pie. Baby Bear Pumpkins are comparable to pie pumpkins-- just smaller.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBaby Bear Pumpkin Benefits:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePumpkins have been found to boost mood and fuel sleep due to all of the nutrients it packs. It is a great source of fiber which makes a person feel satiated and regulates blood sugar. Additionally it's full of vitamin A and cartonoids, and these nutrients prevent disease.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdditional Information:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBaby Bear Pumkins can produce 10-20 pumpkins per season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 g - Approximately 30 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 200 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 800 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 3,200 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 16,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 80,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"4 g Packet","offer_id":31959668260979,"sku":"48838","price":3.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":39021067336,"sku":"33130","price":14.2,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39021067400,"sku":"33129","price":35.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39021067528,"sku":"33128","price":108.04,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"5 Lb","offer_id":31977507192947,"sku":"49443","price":419.87,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":31977507389555,"sku":"49444","price":1685.24,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/pumpkin-baby-bear-Comp.jpg?v=1762440486"},{"product_id":"sweet-pepper-giant-marconi-hybrid","title":"Pepper Seeds - Sweet - Giant Marconi Hybrid","description":"\u003cp\u003e72 Days to maturity (from transplant). \u003cem\u003eCapsicum annuum\u003c\/em\u003e. Giant Marconi Hybrid Pepper Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, F1 hybrid, 2001 AAS winner, sweet pepper with no heat. 0 Scoville Heat Units. Suitable for growing in garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. Resistant to Potato Virus Y and Tobacco Mosaic Virus.  Giant Marconi Hybrid Pepper Seeds from True Leaf Market produce 6-8 inch sweet Italian grilling peppers on vigorous 24-30 inch plants. Offering a sweet, smoky flavor, Giant Marconi sweet peppers are an AAS Winner for 2001 with best-in-class yield, pepper size, earliness, and flavor. ~3,360 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eCapsicum annuum\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 Technically a tender perennial, but commonly grown as an annual. Perennial in zones 10 and 11.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 72 (from transplant)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. Start Indoors 6-8 weeks before your last spring frost date. Harden off and transplant when seedlings are 6-8 inches tall. Bury the stem slightly deeper than the root ball. Avoid planting hot and sweet peppers right next to each other, as they can cross-pollinate, potentially affecting the flavors of your harvested peppers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peppers have perfect flowers (male and female parts) and will self-pollinate. However, wind and pollinator activity may increase success rates of fertilization and fruit production.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet - These peppers (think Bell Peppers) are almost all at 0 on the Scoville Scale, meaning that they have no heat at all. A handful of sweet peppers do register very low on the Scoville scale but are still classed as sweet peppers. For example, Pepperoncinis are sweet peppers but usually rank around 100 to 500 on the Scoville Scale. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-30 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScoville Heat Units:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeat Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet - Peppers with no heat. 0-99 on the Scoville Scale. Example: Bell Peppers \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Early - Ready for harvest around 61 to 75 days from transplant. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-draining, loose (sandy loam), slightly acidic (6.5 pH), and moisture retaining. Too much nitrogen in the soil may lead to more foliage production and less fruiting, similar to tomatoes. Peppers also need sufficient amounts of phosphorus and calcium. We recommend using a balanced fertilizer for the best results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F). During high heat, foliar and flower development slow or pause until temperatures return to the preferred range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80-90 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to Potato Virus Y and Tobacco Mosaic Virus. Peppers are commonly susceptible to cutworms, aphids, flea beetles, bacterial spot, Phytophthora, sunscald, and blossom end rot. To avoid or reduce problems with pests and diseases, stick to a regular watering schedule (drip irrigation is preferred), plant into well-draining soils, and utilize practices such as crop rotation. When taking pest control measures, consider utilizing integrated pest management principles by using mechanical removal, biological control, and other cultural practices before turning to chemical agents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGiant Marconi Hybrid Pepper Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red, Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGiant Marconi Hybrid Pepper Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mild, sweet, and smoky\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Salad, Stuffing, Topping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Giant Marconi Hybrid Peppers in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo grow your peppers, prepare your seed starting trays and plant the seeds. Start the process about 6-8 weeks before your last spring frost date. Plant the seeds in either a well-draining soil or in a seed starting mix like Minute Soil Coco Clair. The pH of the soil should be about 6.5. The seeds should be planted about 0.25 inches deep. Make sure the soil stays moist, but don’t overwater your seeds. You can stick your pinky into the soil to see if it is dry below the surface. If it is, then give your plants a little water, but make sure you don’t overwater them. Keep the peppers in a warm area, between 80-90 F, so they can germinate. A grow light is a great way to keep their growing area warm. Once the seedlings emerge, normally after 7-10 days, you can start the process of hardening off your plants!  Once the plants are about 6-8 inches tall, you can move them to a cooler area, around 70 F, to prepare them for being outside! Choose a nice sunny location in your garden or in pots for your plants. Plant the rows about 2-3 feet apart, and plant individual plants about 12-18 inches apart. Dig a hole and make sure the roots are covered completely!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere are several things you can do to make sure your peppers grow well. Make sure that you water your plants consistently, especially during dry periods. Sprinkle some mulch around the base of your plants to keep the soil moist and prevent any pesky weeds. To help your plants grow, you can try giving them fertilizer full of phosphorus and calcium. Be sure to follow the instructions on your fertilizer and not over-fertilize them. If your pepper plants get tall, you may need to provide them with stakes or a cage to support the weight of the fruit. You can also try companion planting - plant some marigolds and basil alongside your peppers to attract pollinators and keep the pests at bay. And keep an eye on your peppers - if you spot any pests or diseases, make sure to treat them immediately!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Giant Marconi Hybrid Peppers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs your peppers fruit, keep a close eye on them so you are ready to harvest fruit as soon as it is ripe. The fruits will typically be ready within about 72 days of transplanting, and they will be a bright cherry red color or a bright green and have a firm feel. Because this is a sweet variety, these peppers taste better when they are fully ripe, when they’re about 6 to 8 inches long and have a glossy sheen. To harvest Giant Marconi Hybrid peppers, use garden shears or a knife and cut the peppers from the plant. Make sure to be gentle and aim for a clean cut, and leave a small stem on the plant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Giant Marconi Hybrid Pepper Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e This pepper is an Italian-type sweet pepper, but this hybrid version was developed in the United States.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis pepper was an AAS winner in 2001 for its yield, pepper size, earliness, and flavor. It is resistant to Potato Virus Y and Tobacco Mosaic Virus. These peppers grow 6-8 inches long and have a sweet, smoky flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause they can grow 2-3 feet tall, these peppers aren’t a good fit for hanging baskets or smaller pots, but they grow well in plots, raised beds, and greenhouses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Make sure you don’t plant these sweet peppers too close to hot peppers - they can cross-pollinate. These peppers are great for frying!\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Chelsea_Hafer_True_Leaf_Market_Writer.png?v=1687192575\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Chelsea Hafer, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/scoville-heat-scale\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScoville Heat Scale\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eGiant Marconi Hybrid Pepper Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproximately 10 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproximately 100 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproximately 1,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Giant Marconi Hybrid Pepper seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"10 Seeds","offer_id":32145651728499,"sku":"49793","price":4.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100 Seeds","offer_id":39097947912,"sku":"33479","price":24.86,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"500 Seeds","offer_id":39097947976,"sku":"33478","price":103.51,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/sweet-pepper-giant-marconi-hybrid-Comp.jpg?v=1759441178"},{"product_id":"pepper-sweet-gypsy-hybrid-seeds","title":"Pepper Seeds - Sweet - Gypsy Hybrid","description":"\u003cp\u003e62 Days to maturity (from transplant). \u003cem\u003eCapsicum annuum\u003c\/em\u003e. Gypsy Hybrid Pepper Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, hybrid, AAS Winner, sweet-type, with no heat levels. 0 Scoville Heat Units. Suitable for growing in garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. Resistant to Tobacco Mosaic Virus. Hybrid Gypsy Peppers are the perfect sweet treat to put in your garden. These peppers have zero spice and grow to be 4-5 inches long. Also known as Cubanelle peppers, they are a cross between a sweet pepper and a bell pepper. It is not uncommon to have yields between 50-100 peppers with suitable conditions. You will enjoy a thin skin with delicious flesh that varies in taste as it changes from green to yellow, to orange, and red. ~6,800 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eCapsicum annuum\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 Technically a tender perennial, but commonly grown as an annual. Perennial in zones 10 and 11.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 62 (from transplant)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. Start Indoors 6-8 weeks before your last spring frost date. Harden off and transplant when seedlings are 6-8 inches tall. Bury the stem slightly deeper than the root ball. Avoid planting hot and sweet peppers right next to each other, as they can cross-pollinate, potentially affecting the flavors of your harvested peppers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peppers have perfect flowers (male and female parts) and will self-pollinate. However, wind and pollinator activity may increase success rates of fertilization and fruit production.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet - These peppers (think Bell Peppers) are almost all at 0 on the Scoville Scale, meaning that they have no heat at all. A handful of sweet peppers do register very low on the Scoville scale but are still classed as sweet peppers. For example, Pepperoncinis are sweet peppers but usually rank around 100 to 500 on the Scoville Scale. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScoville Heat Units:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeat Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet - Peppers with no heat. 0-99 on the Scoville Scale. Example: Bell Peppers \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Early - Ready for harvest around 61 to 75 days from transplant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-draining, loose (sandy loam), slightly acidic (6.5 pH), and moisture retaining. Too much nitrogen in the soil may lead to more foliage production and less fruiting, similar to tomatoes. Peppers also need sufficient amounts of phosphorus and calcium. We recommend using a balanced fertilizer for the best results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F). During high heat, foliar and flower development slow or pause until temperatures return to the preferred range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80-90 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to Tobacco Mosaic Virus. Peppers are commonly susceptible to cutworms, aphids, flea beetles, bacterial spot, Phytophthora, sunscald, and blossom end rot. To avoid or reduce problems with pests and diseases, stick to a regular watering schedule (drip irrigation is preferred), plant into well-draining soils, and utilize practices such as crop rotation. When taking pest control measures, consider utilizing integrated pest management principles by using mechanical removal, biological control, and other cultural practices before turning to chemical agents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGypsy Hybrid Pepper Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green, Yellow, Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGypsy Hybrid Pepper Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003eSweet \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Salad, Stuffing, Topping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Gypsy Hybrid Peppers in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo grow your Gypsy Hybrid peppers, prepare your seed starting trays and plant the seeds. Start the process about 6-8 weeks before your last spring frost date. You can use either well-draining soil or go for a seed starting mix like Minute Soil Coco Clair - both will work for seed starting. The seeds should be planted about 0.25 inches deep. Make sure the soil stays moist, but don’t overwater your seeds. You can stick your pinky into the soil to see if it is dry below the surface. If it is, then give your plants a little water, but make sure you don’t overwater them. Keep your peppers in a warm spot, ideally between 80-90 F, and if it's a bit chilly, a grow light can be a great help for helping your seeds germinate. Once those seedlings pop up, usually in about 7-10 days, expose them to some cooler air before moving them outside! Plant your seedlings in a sunny location that has well-draining soil, ideally somewhere you haven’t grown nightshades in a while, to make sure the soil has plenty of nutrients. Plant the rows about 2-3 feet apart, and plant individual plants about 12-18 inches apart. Dig a hole and make sure the roots are covered completely!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLet's talk about giving your peppers the treatment they need to grow into thriving plants. Consistent watering is key, especially during dry spells - these peppers don't like to be thirsty! You can sprinkle some mulch around the base of the plant to keep the moisture in and suppress any weeds. To help your plants grow, you can try giving them fertilizer full of phosphorus and calcium. Be sure to follow the instructions on your fertilizer and not over-fertilize them. If your plants get especially tall, you may need to give them some support with a trellis or cage to support the weight of the fruit. Try companion planting with plants like marigolds and herbs like basil, which can help attract beneficial insects to the garden, as well as deterring pests. And keep an eye on your peppers - if you spot any pests or diseases, make sure to treat them immediately!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Gypsy Hybrid Peppers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs your peppers start to grow bright fruit, keep watch for the perfect harvest moment. Usually, they'll be ready to pick around 62 days after transplanting, with a vibrant red hue and will feel firm. Since these are sweet peppers with a mild heat level, they're at their tastiest when fully ripe - they’ll be glossy and about 4-5 inches long. When it's time to harvest, take your garden shears or a knife and give your peppers a clean snip off the plant, leaving a little stem on the plant. Try to harvest when the peppers are fully ripe. If you pick them early, the fruit may be bitter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Gypsy Hybrid Pepper Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e These peppers were developed in the 1980s by Petoseed Co. in the US. They are a cross between a sweet pepper and a bell pepper, and they’re popular for their fast growth rate and high yields.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese peppers have no heat, and they have quick grow times! Your plant may yield up to 100 peppers over the course of the season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIs this variety good for container gardens? How about hanging baskets? \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Gypsy Hybrid peppers, also known as Cubanelles, are a mix between a sweet pepper and a bell pepper. They have thin skin and tasty flesh. Their taste will change as the peppers turn from green to yellow to orange to red.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Chelsea_Hafer_True_Leaf_Market_Writer.png?v=1687192575\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Chelsea Hafer, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/scoville-heat-scale\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScoville Heat Scale\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eGypsy Hybrid Pepper Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproximately 10 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproximately 100 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproximately 1,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Gypsy Hybrid Pepper seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"10 Seeds","offer_id":32145743708275,"sku":"49794","price":3.69,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100 Seeds","offer_id":39097953992,"sku":"33500","price":4.37,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1000 Seeds","offer_id":39097954056,"sku":"33501","price":24.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/pepper-sweet-gypsy-hybrid-seeds-comp.jpg?v=1762440502"},{"product_id":"parsnip-harris-model","title":"Parsnip Seeds - Harris Model","description":"\u003cp\u003e100-120 days. Heirloom. Non-GMO. \u003cem\u003ePastinaca sativa\u003c\/em\u003e. Harris is THE parsnip that people think of when they think of parsnips. This has been the standard for years and for good reason. Harris Model has smooth skin, a sweetish-nutty flavor and fine grained flesh. You can expect 12\" long roots that are 3-1\/2\"at the shoulder. Harvests, stores, and bakes similar to carrot. ~8,000 seeds per ounce.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Harris Model Parsnip Vegetable Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTaxonomy:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cem\u003e Pastinaca sativa\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100-120 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-28\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Annual 3-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e ½\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-9 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Leafy taproot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Loose, Organic, composted, well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cooler, 45-75 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun - partial shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiseases\/Pests:\u003c\/strong\u003e Few known pests and diseases. Watch for carrot rust fly known to infect plants with parsnip root canker.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Creamy white taproot with the same white colored meat in the middle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 g - Approximately 280 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 8,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 32,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 128,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 640,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 3,200,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Grow Harris Model Parsnip from Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eParsnip is a cool weather crop able to be sown directly 3 weeks before final spring frost or 3-4 weeks before first autumn frost for an early spring harvest. Like many root vegetables, parsnip does not transplant well and should always be sown direct. Plant 2-3 seeds ½\" deep and 1-2\" apart in very loose, well-tilled, and well-drained soil with a pH of 6.0-7.0. Seeds germinate in 10-28 days, thinning out strongest starts to 6-9\" apart in the garden. Parsnips grow best with some drought, becoming wider and longer in search of moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Harvest Harris Model Parsnip\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost varieties of parsnip may be harvested about 100 days after sowing but, for sweetest flavor, allow parsnip to experience a frost or two before harvesting. Parsnips are ready to harvest once their foliage has died back, dried, and bowed over. Like carrots, parsnip can be safely removed from the ground with a gardening fork. If sowing in the fall for a spring harvest, cover parsnip seeds with a top layer of mulch and harvest crop once the ground thaws.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Harris Model Parsnip Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eParsnips have 36mg Calcium and 71 mg phosphorous per 100gm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe vitamin C level though is 17mg per 100gm which is almost 3 times the level of vitamin C in carrots.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eParsnips can be substituted for carrots in many recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYou can remove the skin and mash them like potatoes with a little butter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSome folks grate them into salads fresh, while others add them to stews and soups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThere are many ways to enjoy these tasty roots.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDid you know that Parsnips over winter with no protection in most places and are even more tasty after a freeze! Leave them right where they are until you need them. Parsnips can be stored this way as long as the soil is not water logged. You may also store them in the root cellar. Parsnips have been used form generations because they store so well and make excellent human\/animal food. Parsnips make an excellent rabbit food as well as being tasty for ruminants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck out \u003ca href=\"http:\/\/learn.genetics.utah.edu\/content\/selection\/corn\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ethis article\u003c\/a\u003e about the evolution of corn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript src=\"http:\/\/localhost\/userscripts\/loader.js\"\u003e\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"3g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":39097958920,"sku":"18637","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":39356238790771,"sku":"50990","price":4.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39097958600,"sku":"33507","price":6.54,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39097958664,"sku":"33505","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":39097958856,"sku":"33506","price":45.69,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/parsnip-harris-model-comp.jpg?v=1762440504"},{"product_id":"pepper-hot-holy-mole-hybrid-seeds","title":"Pepper Seeds - Hot - Holy Mole Hybrid","description":"\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Hybrid Holy Mole Hot pepper is ready in 85 days. The first hybrid pasilla-type pepper is used to make the famous mole sauce. Hybrid vigor brings very high yields of 7 to 9 inch peppers measuring 1 1\/2 inches across. The fruit can be harvested green or allowed to mature to a dark chocolate color. The flavor is nutty and tangy. Mature plants can get 3 feet tall. This hybrid has exhibited resistance to Tobacco Mosaic Virus. ~6,800 seeds\/oz.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Holy Mole Hybrid Hot Pepper Vegetable Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eCapsicum annuum\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 Technically a tender perennial, but commonly grown as an annual. Perennial in zones 10 and 11.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80-89 (from transplant)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes Start Indoors 7-9 weeks before your last spring frost date. Harden off and transplant when seedlings are 6-8 inches tall. Bury the stem slightly deeper than the root ball. Avoid planting hot and sweet peppers right next to each other, as they can cross-pollinate, potentially affecting the flavors of your harvested peppers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peppers have perfect flowers (male and female parts) and will self-pollinate. However, wind and pollinator activity may increase success rates of fertilization and fruit production.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hot - These peppers all have some heat and usually rank at least 100, but usually 500 or more on the Scoville scale and have heat ranging from mild to extremely hot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 to 24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 to 36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 to 24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 to 24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003eNo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScoville Heat Units:\u003c\/strong\u003e 500 to 1,000\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeat Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mild - 100 to 2,500 on the Scoville Scale. Example: Poblano Ancho or Pepperoncini\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid - Ready for harvest around 76 to 90 days from transplant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-draining, loose (sandy loam), slightly acidic (6.5 pH), and moisture retaining. Too much nitrogen in the soil may lead to more foliage production and less fruiting, similar to tomatoes. Peppers also need sufficient amounts of phosphorus and calcium. We recommend using a balanced fertilizer for the best results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F). During high heat, foliar and flower development slow or pause until temperatures return to the preferred range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80-90 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to Tobacco Mosaic Virus. Peppers are commonly susceptible to cutworms, aphids, flea beetles, bacterial spot, Phytophthora, sunscald, and blossom end rot. To avoid or reduce problems with pests and diseases, stick to a regular watering schedule (drip irrigation is preferred), plant into well-draining soils, and utilize practices such as crop rotation. When taking pest control measures, consider utilizing integrated pest management principles by using mechanical removal, biological control, and other cultural practices before turning to chemical agents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHoly Mole Hybrid Pepper Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Purple, Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Holy Mole Hybrid Peppers in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlanting Holy Mole peppers starts with sowing seeds indoors. These should be planted about .25 inches deep in a seed-starting mix such as coconut coir. Ideally, this is done approximately 6-8 weeks before your area's last expected frost date. The seeds require a warm environment to germinate effectively, so maintaining a temperature around 70-80 F (21-27 C) is crucial.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs the seedlings develop, it’s vital to ensure they receive plenty of light—either from a natural source or from grow lights—for about 14-16 hours per day. Once they have grown their second set of true leaves, it's time to begin the hardening-off process. This involves gradually acclimating the young plants to outdoor conditions over a week. Begin by placing them outside in a shaded, protected spot for a few hours each day, gradually increasing their exposure to sun and wind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTransplanting should occur only after all danger of frost has passed and the soil has warmed. When transplanting, space the plants about 18-24 inches apart in rows that are 2-3 feet apart. This spacing allows adequate air circulation and room for growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHoly Mole peppers thrive in well-draining soil rich in organic matter. Regular watering is important, especially during dry spells, but be careful to avoid waterlogged soil, which can lead to root diseases. Mulching around the plants can help retain soil moisture and control weed growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFertilization should be approached with care. Start with a balanced fertilizer after transplanting, and consider a low-nitrogen, high-phosphorus fertilizer to boost flowering and fruiting when the first flowers appear. Continue to fertilize about once a month throughout the growing season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommon pests like aphids, spider mites, and flea beetles can be managed through regular monitoring and prompt action. Natural deterrents, such as neem oil or insecticidal soaps, are effective for controlling small infestations. Encouraging beneficial insects, such as ladybugs and lacewings, can also help manage pest populations naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Holy Mole Hybrid Peppers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHoly Mole peppers are typically ready to harvest about 85 days after transplanting. They change from green to a deep brown when mature. The timing of harvest can affect their heat level and flavor; the longer they remain on the vine, the more intense these characteristics become. Harvesting is done by cutting the peppers from the plant with scissors or a sharp knife to avoid damaging the plant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Holy Mole Hybrid Pepper Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts name, “Holy Mole,” hints at its ideal use in making mole sauces, where its mild heat and rich flavor can truly shine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe peppers are sleek and elongated, typically growing about 7 to 9 inches long and mature to a gorgeous chocolate brown color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile these peppers are a staple for traditional mole sauces, their mild heat also makes them perfect for stuffing with meats or cheeses. For a unique twist, try making Holy Mole poppers: halve the peppers, stuff them with a mixture of cream cheese and spices, wrap them in bacon, and grill until crispy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHoly Mole peppers are also well-suited for container gardening, making them accessible for those with limited space. Choose a container at least 12 inches deep with good drainage. Fill it with a minimum of 5 gallons of soil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStories From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Mole is a traditional Mexican dish that is extremely unique. It blends sweet and savory flavors into a wonderfully sauce often served over chicken. I had the privilege of eating it quite a few times while living in South Texas and it is so nostalgic for me now!\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"custom-videos\" class=\"custom-video-row\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/FM-hwE7TYQk?si=yo5y9GC3nHd1UCso\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/AeSqa0w4VZo?si=Os_CAmkjhnGXE6O1\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/scoville-heat-scale\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScoville Heat Scale\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Holy Mole Hybrid Pepper seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"10 Seeds","offer_id":32142442528883,"sku":"49784","price":4.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"100 Seeds","offer_id":39097971272,"sku":"33516","price":23.39,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/pepper-hot-holy-mole-hybrid-seeds-Comp.jpg?v=1753997448"},{"product_id":"pea-little-marvel","title":"Pea Seeds - Shelling - Little Marvel","description":"\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO, Heirloom Little Marvel Pea Vegetable Garden Seed from True Leaf Market. Pisum sativum. Little Marvel English Heirloom Pea Seeds came from England during the 1980s as a semi-dwarf shelling pea. This cool season annual vegetable grows strong with climbing vines\"reaching 20-30\" high! These crunchy and sweet-tasting peas develop dark-green pods with a bright and tender flavor that continue producing as an abundant pea crop in spring, late summer or fall. Little Marvel Pea varieties have also pack a rich source of vitamins, providing gardeners a fresh way to maintain their health.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDue to crop failure, Little Marvel Pea is in short supply. For a comparable garden seed try \u003ca href=\"\/products\/pea-early-frosty?variant=39097925192\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eEarly Frosty Pea\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Use for This Seed:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/pea-little-marvel-microgreens-seeds?variant=47667952136\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-microgreens.png?4946520050077590398\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eMicrogreen\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLittle Marvel Pea Vegetable Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLittle Marvel Pea Days to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-70, Annual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLittle Marvel Pea Hardiness Zones:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-9\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLittle Marvel Pea Planting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-1½\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLittle Marvel Pea Plant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-3 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLittle Marvel Pea Row Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLittle Marvel Pea Growth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Semi-dwarf\/compact bush\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Loamy, sandy and well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cooler to warm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Armyworms, cucumber beetles and bacterial blight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLittle Marvel Pea Vegetable Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Small dark-green peas and pods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLittle Marvel Pea Vegetable Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Crisp, sweet, tender, bright, rich\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLittle Marvel Pea Growing Habits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Little Marvel Pea (Pisum sativum) plants grow as semi-dwarf compact bushes, reaching as strong climbing vine annuals up to 20-30\" high! English heirlooms such as Little Marvel Pea varieties, produce tender pods and leaves with fast-growth in the spring. Your cool season legumes will produce sweet and crisp peas by early summer or fall. Your mature 3\" pea pods will continue to grow and provide diverse cooking options as an abundant cool season crop. Once the temperature rises above warm, your shelling peas will begin to bloom hanging red flowers. Little Marvel Pea plants will die back once it drops below freezing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCulinary Uses for Little Marvel Pea Vegetable Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLittle Marvel Peas are sweet English heirlooms and can be eaten raw by dipping their crisp pods in a dip. You can also cook your mature shelling peas by boiling them or adding to soup. The annual dark-green leaves of this semi-dwarf pea variety can also be sauteed as savory greens similar to kale.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHealth Benefits from Little Marvel Pea Vegetable Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeas in general are a rich source of vitamins and antioxidants. As Little Marvel Peas provide sweet and bright flavor, this climbing-vine variety makes it easy to enjoy on-the-go and maintain your health. High in vitamins B and A, this English heirloom is an ideal pea to keep a strong heart throughout the spring and summer season.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of Growing Little Pea Vegetable Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs a fast-growing annual pea variety, Little Marvels plants grow tall, but also as compact bushes that make it easy to plant in a container on your patio! This abundant and fresh pea variety is also perfect for home gardens and benefits from a trellis for support. However, it's also been noted how Little Marvel Peas don't necessarily need a trellis and are strong and packed enough to grow without\"making this semi-dwarf sweet pea a diverse vegetable for planting, as they replenish the nitrogen back into your soil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLittle Marvel Pea Garden Vegetable Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 90 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 360 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 1,440 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lbs - Approximately 7,200 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"16g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":39105799240,"sku":"18638","price":3.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"26g Pkg (4x5)","offer_id":39105799304,"sku":"18860","price":3.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz Pkg (5x7)","offer_id":39105799176,"sku":"18555","price":5.57,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39105798920,"sku":"33614","price":11.48,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":39105798984,"sku":"33615","price":30.13,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":39105799048,"sku":"33618","price":102.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/pea-little-marvel-comp.jpg?v=1762440515"},{"product_id":"pepper-hot-mariachi-hybrid-seeds","title":"Pepper Seeds - Hot - Mariachi Hybrid","description":"\u003cp\u003e60-69 Days to maturity (from transplant). \u003cem\u003eCapsicum annuum\u003c\/em\u003e. Mariachi Hybrid Pepper Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, hybrid, AAS winner, hot-type pepper with mild heat levels. 500 to 600 Scoville Heat Units. Suitable for growing in garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses.Named after the Mexican musical band, this pepper is often harvested while a creamy white to preserve its fruity undertones. Mariachi is also a beautiful plant and could be included among your ornamentals. ~6,800 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Mariachi Hot Pepper Vegetable Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eCapsicum annuum\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e  4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 Technically a tender perennial, but commonly grown as an annual. Perennial in zones 10 and 11.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-69 (from transplant)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes Start Indoors 7-9 weeks before your last spring frost date. Harden off and transplant when seedlings are 6-8 inches tall. Bury the stem slightly deeper than the root ball. Avoid planting hot and sweet peppers right next to each other, as they can cross-pollinate, potentially affecting the flavors of your harvested peppers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peppers have perfect flowers (male and female parts) and will self-pollinate. However, wind and pollinator activity may increase success rates of fertilization and fruit production.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hot - These peppers all have some heat and usually rank at least 100, but usually 500 or more on the Scoville scale and have heat ranging from mild to extremely hot. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e  18 to 24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 to 36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 to 24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 to 24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003eNo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScoville Heat Units:\u003c\/strong\u003e 500 to 600\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeat Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e  Mild - 100 to 2,500 on the Scoville Scale. Example: Poblano Ancho or Pepperoncini\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Early - Ready for harvest around 61 to 75 days from transplant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-draining, loose (sandy loam), slightly acidic (6.5 pH), and moisture retaining. Too much nitrogen in the soil may lead to more foliage production and less fruiting, similar to tomatoes. Peppers also need sufficient amounts of phosphorus and calcium. We recommend using a balanced fertilizer for the best results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F). During high heat, foliar and flower development slow or pause until temperatures return to the preferred range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80-90 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peppers are commonly susceptible to cutworms, aphids, flea beetles, bacterial spot, Phytophthora, sunscald, and blossom end rot. To avoid or reduce problems with pests and diseases, stick to a regular watering schedule (drip irrigation is preferred), plant into well-draining soils, and utilize practices such as crop rotation. When taking pest control measures, consider utilizing integrated pest management principles by using mechanical removal, biological control, and other cultural practices before turning to chemical agents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMariachi Hybrid Pepper Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mariachi Hot Peppers can be eaten when they are creamy white or red. When they are white, they will have a fruity taste like melon. Red Mariachi peppers will taste more sweet, like a traditional mild pepper. These are delicious raw or cooked. Try broiling these peppers and putting them into a salsa.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Mariachi Hybrid Peppers in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart growing your peppers by prepping your seed starting trays. You should plant the seeds about 6-8 weeks before the last spring frost date. Plant the seeds in either a well-draining soil or in a seed starting mix like Minute Soil Coco Clair. The pH of the soil should be about 6.5. Plant the seeds about 0.25 inches deep. Try to keep the soil moist but not waterlogged. You can check whether you need to water your plants by sticking your finger into the soil - if it feels dry, then give your plants some water, but make sure not to overwater. If the soil looks wet, then wait for it to dry out a bit before you water your plants next. Keep your peppers in a warm spot for germination, somewhere around 80-90 F. You can use a grow light to create a warmer space that will help them germinate. After about 7-10 days, they should germinate, and you can move them to a cooler spot so they can be hardened off before you plant them in the garden. Plant the rows about 2-3 feet apart, and plant individual plants about 12-18 inches apart. Dig a hole and make sure the roots are covered completely!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTaking good care of your plants will ensure that you end up with a great harvest of peppers! Make sure to water them consistently. You can add mulch around the base of your plants to help keep the soil moist and suppress weeds. Companion planting with plants like marigolds and basil can help keep pests away and bring pollinators to your garden. You can try giving your plants a fertilizer full of phosphorus and calcium to help promote their growth. Don't forget to give your plants a little support with stakes or trellises to keep them standing tall as they start to grow fruit. Keep an eye out for pests or diseases and make sure to address them immediately if you see signs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Mariachi Hybrid Peppers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese peppers are full size when they’ve grown about 4 inches long. They will turn from creamy white to bright red, and they should have a somewhat glossy sheen. They’ll be ripe somewhere between 65 days after transplanting, but because this is a hot variety, you can also harvest them before they’re fully ripe. These peppers have a more complex flavor when they are white. When the peppers are at your preferred ripeness, you can harvest them with garden shears or a knife by cutting off the peppers, leaving a small stem on the pepper. Be sure to be gentle with the plant so you don’t damage the plant and it can keep producing fruit. Because this is a hot variety, make sure you wear gloves and wash your hands immediately after harvest. Also try to avoid leaving them on the plant for too long, because overripe peppers might be a little bit bitter. Store them in a cool and dry place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Mariachi Hybrid Pepper Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e Named for the regional Mexican instrumental group, Mariachi Hot Peppers turn from a creamy white, then to rose, and finally to a bright red.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMariachi Hot Peppers can be eaten when they are creamy white or red. When they are white, they will have a fruity taste like melon. Red Mariachi peppers will taste more sweet, like a traditional mild pepper. These are delicious raw or cooked. Try broiling these peppers and putting them into a salsa. These peppers have about 500-600 SCoville Heat Units.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMariachi peppers grow well in raised beds, greenhouses, and garden plots. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Peppers are a low-calorie treat that has a lot of nutrition going for them. Vitamin A, vitamin C, folate, fiber, and potassium are all found in peppers. Fiber is essential for regulating blood sugar and feeling full. The peppers are perfect for those that need a little kick, and it's an easy way to liven up dishes.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Chelsea_Hafer_True_Leaf_Market_Writer.png?v=1687192575\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Chelsea Hafer, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/scoville-heat-scale\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScoville Heat Scale\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Mariachi Hybrid Pepper seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"10 Seeds","offer_id":32142445772915,"sku":"49786","price":5.39,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100 Seeds","offer_id":32142445740147,"sku":"33679","price":22.13,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/pepper-hot-mariachi-hybrid-seeds-Comp.jpg?v=1756154577"},{"product_id":"pea-snap-sugar-ann","title":"Pea Seeds - Snap - Sugar Ann","description":"\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO. Heirloom. Sugar Ann Snap Pea Vegetable Garden Seeds. \u003cem\u003ePisum sativum\u003c\/em\u003e. Sugar snap peas are a cross between garden and snow peas, as Sugar Ann Snap Peas were later developed during the 1970s and have resulted in being one of the sweetest dwarf-type varieties. This stringless heirloom is also one of the earliest sugar peas to be ready for harvest, as their plump 3\" green pods grow as an edible treat! Short-vine peas such as Sugar Ann Snaps are disease resistant and develop vigorously for an early fall crop\"providing compact pea plants you can eat fresh or sauteed! Approx 150 seeds per oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSugar Ann Snap Pea Vegetable Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 56+(pods) 70+(seeds) annual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-14\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zones:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-9\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-3 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dwarf\/compact\/short-vine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moist, Organically rich, well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cooler to warm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Although preferring moist soils, pea is susceptible to mildew and mold from oversaturation in poorly drained beds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSugar Ann Snap Pea Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bright-green plump pods and seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Grow Sugar Ann Snap Pea from Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePea is ideally suited for direct full sun outdoor sowing as soon as the soil can be worked after the final spring frost. Pea may also be planted at the end of summer for a quick fall harvest. Sow 1\" deep and 1-2\" apart in Organically rich, well-drained soil with a pH of 6.0-7.5. Peas can be soaked 4-6 hours in warm water prior to sowing to help germination. Seeds germinate in 7-14 days, thinning out strongest starts to 6-9\" apart as true leaves establish. Whether growing English shelling, Chinese snow, or sugar snap, pea cultivation is fairly universal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Harvest Snap Peas\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost varieties of pea are ready for harvest 60-70 days from sowing. Know the variety you are planting because each will have different signs of ripeness. English shelling peas are the most traditional, having a fibrous, inedible shell and are the fastest to maturity. Sugar snap is the next to mature and has a fibrous, but deliciously edible pod. Snow pea takes the longest to mature and has small seeds and flat, edible pods most notably used in Asian cuisine. Pea pods are sweetest when 2-3\" long and should be carefully cut from vine rather than twisted or pulled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCulinary Uses for Sugar Ann Snap Pea Vegetable Seed\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike snow peas that are flat, these sugar snap peas are plump. Eat the edible bright-green 3\" pods raw as a sweet treat or cook them as a sauteed dish with butter, garlic and seasoning, similar to how you would enjoy edamame! Sugar Ann Snap Pea also makes a perfect addition to pastas, salads or stir fries, as this early variety is sweeter than others and stringless.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eBenefits of Growing Sugar Ann Snap Pea Vegetable Seed\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlump, crunchy and sweet sugar peas with edible pods such as Sugar Ann Snap Pea varieties, are disease-resistant and are one of the fastest-growing\"making this variety a perfect fall pea crop that will provide even sweeter flavor from the cool temperatures! This annual heirloom freezes well and also remains fresh longer than other vining peas. If you're a gardener with a smaller space, this compact short vine sugar pea is the perfect vegetable to grow in a planter or in a container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 150 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 600 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 2,400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lbs - Approximately 12,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lbs - Approximately 60,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"26g Pkg (4x5)","offer_id":39108297480,"sku":"18863","price":3.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39357486366835,"sku":"51007","price":5.63,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39108297224,"sku":"33896","price":10.82,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":39108297288,"sku":"33897","price":27.31,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":39108297352,"sku":"33899","price":95.68,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/pea-snap-sugar-ann-comp.jpg?v=1762440531"},{"product_id":"pepper-hot-super-chili-seeds","title":"Pepper Seeds - Hot - Super Chili Hybrid","description":"\u003cp\u003e75 Days to maturity (from transplant). \u003cem\u003eCapsicum annuum\u003c\/em\u003e. Super Chili Hybrid Pepper Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, F1 hybrid, AAS winner, high yielding, deer resistant, heat tolerant, drought tolerant, hot pepper with hot heat levels. 40,000 to 50,000 Scoville Heat Units. Suitable for growing in containers, garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. AAS Winner Super Chili Hybrid Pepper is a compact super-productive chili pepper plant that produces smallish, thin-walled fruits measuring about 2.5 inches long by 0.5 inch across. It is not unusual for a single pepper plant to produce as many as 200 peppers. Peppers ripen from green to orange to red and appear to grow inverted (pointy end up) making them a popular ornamental choice. They can also be used fresh or dried. The plant is as ornamental as it is useful in the kitchen garden. ~4,000 seeds\/oz. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eCapsicum annuum\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 Technically a tender perennial, but commonly grown as an annual. Perennial in zones 10 and 11.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 75 (from transplant)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. Start Indoors 6-8 weeks before your last spring frost date. Harden off and transplant when seedlings are 6-8 inches tall. Bury the stem slightly deeper than the root ball. Avoid planting hot and sweet peppers right next to each other, as they can cross-pollinate, potentially affecting the flavors of your harvested peppers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peppers have perfect flowers (male and female parts) and will self-pollinate. However, wind and pollinator activity may increase success rates of fertilization and fruit production.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hot - These peppers all have some heat and usually rank at least 100, but usually 500 or more on the Scoville scale and have heat ranging from mild to extremely hot. Ornamental - These are usually used as ornamental yard or house plants and are almost all container growable. These peppers are also edible but usually range from 30,000 on the Scoville Scale and up. They are mostly grown as ornamentals. Some sweet and hot peppers are also grown as ornamentals but are grown primarily for culinary use. Example: Numex Twilight is a hot pepper but is sometimes grown as an ornamental.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20-30 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScoville Heat Units:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40,000 to 50,000\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeat Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hot - 30,000 to 100,000 on the Scoville Scale. Example Cayenne \u0026amp; Tabasco. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Early - Ready for harvest around 61 to 75 days from transplant. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-draining, loose (sandy loam), slightly acidic (6.5 pH), and moisture retaining. Too much nitrogen in the soil may lead to more foliage production and less fruiting, similar to tomatoes. Peppers also need sufficient amounts of phosphorus and calcium. We recommend using a balanced fertilizer for the best results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F). During high heat, foliar and flower development slow or pause until temperatures return to the preferred range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80-90 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peppers are commonly susceptible to cutworms, aphids, flea beetles, bacterial spot, Phytophthora, sunscald, and blossom end rot. To avoid or reduce problems with pests and diseases, stick to a regular watering schedule (drip irrigation is preferred), plant into well-draining soils, and utilize practices such as crop rotation. When taking pest control measures, consider utilizing integrated pest management principles by using mechanical removal, biological control, and other cultural practices before turning to chemical agents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Chili Hybrid Pepper Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Chili Hybrid Pepper Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spicy with a clean, sharp heat; lacks sweetness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Container\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Excellent for salsas, hot sauces, marinades, pickling, and drying into chili flakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heat, Drought\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Super Chili Hybrid Peppers in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo cultivate Super Chili peppers successfully, begin by sowing seeds indoors 6-8 weeks before your region's last expected frost date . Plant the seeds about 0.25 inches deep in a well-draining, nutrient-rich seed-starting mix . Maintain a consistent soil temperature between 75 F and 90 F to encourage germination, which typically occurs within 7 to 10 days. Keep the soil moist but not waterlogged, and provide ample light, either from a sunny windowsill or grow lights, to support healthy seedling development.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnce seedlings have developed at least three sets of true leaves and are approximately 3 to 4 weeks old, they are ready for transplanting. Before moving them outdoors, harden off the plants over a period of 7 to 10 days to acclimate them to external conditions . Begin by placing the seedlings outside in a sheltered, partially shaded area for an hour, gradually increasing their exposure to sunlight and outdoor temperatures each day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTransplant the hardened-off seedlings into the garden or containers when the danger of frost has passed and the soil temperature is consistently above 60 F. Choose a location that receives full sun, as chili peppers thrive with at least 6 to 8 hours of direct sunlight daily. Space the plants about 18 to 24 inches apart to ensure adequate air circulation and room for growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Super Chili Hybrid Peppers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fruits are ready to harvest when they have fully transitioned to their bright red color, indicating peak ripeness and flavor. To harvest, use clean scissors or pruning shears to cut the peppers from the plant, leaving a small portion of the stem attached. Regular harvesting encourages the plant to produce more fruit throughout the season.​\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Super Chili Hybrid Pepper Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e These peppers are often used for ornamental purposes, but they are also completely edible. Pepper bushes stay compact and are perfect for container gardens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese pepper plants are beautiful. If you are using these for food, they will be spicy. Pickle these peppers in your chosen mix of flavors because there isn't a big variety in flavor, just heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeppers are full of nutrients, and they are low-calorie. Hot peppers have vitamins A and C, which are both essential for a well-functioning immune system. These peppers also contain fiber and folate. Hot peppers are great for health because they often help jumpstart metabolism.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse these peppers interchangeably with Thai or Cayenne peppers in recipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Keep in mind that peppers grown in containers often need more frequent maintenance, such as water and fertilizer, than those grown in-ground. Yet, growing in containers has it’s own benefits as well such as mobility and compactness.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"custom-videos\" class=\"custom-video-row\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/FM-hwE7TYQk?si=yo5y9GC3nHd1UCso\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/AeSqa0w4VZo?si=Os_CAmkjhnGXE6O1\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/scoville-heat-scale\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScoville Heat Scale\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSuper Chili Hot Pepper Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 seed Packet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e100 seed Packet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1000 seed Packet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Super Chili Hot Pepper seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"10 Seeds","offer_id":32145044570227,"sku":"49788","price":4.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100 Seeds","offer_id":39108300232,"sku":"33903","price":13.63,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1000 Seeds","offer_id":39108300360,"sku":"33904","price":111.78,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/pepper-hot-super-chili-seeds-Comp.jpg?v=1762440533"},{"product_id":"pea-snap-sugar-snap-treated","title":"Pea Seeds - Snap - Sugar Snap (Treated)","description":"\u003cp\u003e66-72 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003ePisum sativum\u003c\/em\u003e. Sugar Snap (Treated) Pea Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, heirloom, 1979 AAS winner. Suitable for growing in fields, containers, garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. Resistant to common pea pests and diseases. This classic snap pea produces crisp, sweet, edible pods on vigorous 5-foot vines, perfect for fresh eating or cooking. ~132 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis seed is treated with a fungicide designed to prevent or reduce seed rot in the soil. It does not affect the plant or the produce from the plant. This seed is intended for planting only. Do not eat this seed or use it for oil or animal feed. Keep this seed out of the reach of children. Wash hands after handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003ePissum sativum\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Annual 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 66-72\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-14\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.5-1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-8 inches\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-drained loamy soil with pH 6.0-7.0\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cooler 55-70 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50-65 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun to Partial Shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to common pea pests and powdery mildew.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSugar Snap (Treated) Pea Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSugar Snap (Treated) Pea Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet, crisp.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Container, Fields\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cool, moderately drought tolerant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Sugar Snap (Treated) Pea in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow seeds at a depth of 0.5-1 inch directly into the garden. Space plants 3-4 inches apart, with rows 12-24 inches apart. This spacing encourages healthy vine growth and easy harvesting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupport the vines with trellises or pea sticks to promote airflow and reduce disease risk. Water regularly to keep soil moist but not waterlogged. Companion plant with carrots or lettuce to provide ground cover and reduce weed competition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Treated Sugar Snap Peas\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePods are ready to harvest when they are firm, crisp, and about 3 inches long, usually around 66 days after planting. Harvest by gently pinching or cutting pods off the vine to avoid damage. Frequent harvesting encourages continued pod production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Sugar Snap (Treated) Pea Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Sugar Snap pea was first introduced in 1979 by plant breeder Calvin Lamborn, who crossed a shelling pea with a snow pea to create a unique edible-pod pea with sweet, crisp pods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe variety quickly gained popularity for its excellent flavor and ease of growing, earning it the All-America Selections award and widespread adoption in home and commercial gardens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Sugar Snap pea is prized for its sweet, tender pods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"The treated Sugar Snap pea seeds have been specially treated with fungicides. This is to protect against soil-borne diseases and improve germination rates. This treatment helps reduce common issues such as seed rot, damping-off, and fungal infections that can delay or diminish seedling emergence. Treated seeds are especially beneficial in cooler or wetter soils where these problems are more prevalent, allowing gardeners to achieve more consistent and vigorous early growth. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn contrast, untreated Sugar Snap pea seeds are raw, natural seeds without any chemical or biological coatings. While untreated seeds appeal to organic gardeners and those avoiding chemical treatments, they can be more susceptible to soil diseases and environmental stresses. Without treatment, germination rates may be slower or less reliable in challenging soil conditions, and seedlings may require more attentive care to avoid early-season losses. Both treated and untreated Sugar Snap peas produce the same sweet, crisp pods and vigorous vines. The primary difference lies in seed protection and ease of establishment. Choosing treated seeds can increase early success in less-than-ideal soils, while untreated seeds suit gardeners prioritizing chemical-free, organic practices.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Sam_Smith_-_Writer.jpg?v=1754591345!\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- S.W. Smith, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eSugar Snap (Treated) Pea Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e16 g Packet - Wholesale - Approximately 70 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e26 g - Wholesale - Approximately 120 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 250 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 2,080 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 10,400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 82,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Sugar Snap (Treated) Pea seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39357488267379,"sku":"51010","price":5.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39108316296,"sku":"33944","price":11.22,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":39108316424,"sku":"33945","price":29.14,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":39108316488,"sku":"33947","price":99.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/pea-snap-sugar-snap-treated-comp.jpg?v=1762440536"},{"product_id":"pea-snap-sugar-snap","title":"Pea Seeds - Snap - Sugar Snap","description":"\u003cp\u003e60-70 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003ePisum sativum\u003c\/em\u003e. Sugar Snap Pea seeds. Non-GMO, open-pollinated, 1979 AAS winner. Suitable for growing in fields, containers, garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. Resistant to powdery mildew. This is the original snap pea. Often credited to Dr. Calvin Lamborn’s 1979 development, the sugar snap pea is special because it was the first pea variety to combine the sweet flavor of garden peas with edible, crisp pods. You can eat the entire pod fresh or cooked. ~130 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003ePisum sativum\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Annual 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-70\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-14\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.5-1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-8 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-drained, fertile soil, rich in organic matter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cooler 55-70 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50-85 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to powder mildew. Watch out for aphids and pea weevils.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSugar Snap Pea Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSugar Snap Pea Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet, crisp, fresh.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Container, Fields\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cool climates, moderate humidity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Sugar Snap Pea in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow seeds 1 inch deep directly outdoors as soon as the soil can be worked in early spring. Space seeds 3-4 inches apart in rows 12-24 inches apart. Peas prefer cooler temperatures and consistent moisture to thrive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupport plants with trellises or stakes for best growth. Regular watering and mulching help retain soil moisture. Companion planting with carrots, radishes, or cucumbers works well to optimize space and pest control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Sugar Snap Pea\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvest pods when they are bright green, crisp, and before the peas inside fully swell (usually 60-70 days after sowing). Pick regularly to encourage continued production. Pods can be snapped off by hand or cut carefully with scissors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Sugar Snap Pea Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntroduced in the 1970’s, Sugar Snap peas combined the best of snap and snow peas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Sugar Snap pea was bred for an edible shell and sweet flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Sugar Snap pea was a breakthrough that revolutionized pea consumption, turning peas into a convenient, healthy snack straight from the garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStories From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"I always look forward to the first harvest of Sugar Snap peas every spring. There’s something incredibly satisfying about walking out to the garden early in the morning, the sun just rising, and plucking those crisp, bright green pods straight from the vine. I skip the usual cooking routine because Sugar Snap peas are perfectly sweet and crunchy right out of the pod. They make the best fresh snack. They are light, refreshing, and naturally sweet without any added sugar. My favorite way to enjoy them is raw or paired with a bit of sea salt and a squeeze of lemon juice. It’s a snack that feels both indulgent and healthy. When I’m feeling creative, I toss them into a quick stir-fry with garlic, ginger, and a splash of soy sauce, just enough to soften the peas while keeping that satisfying snap. Beyond the kitchen, I love sharing these fresh peas with friends and family during garden tours or casual get-togethers. Their vibrant taste and ease of growing make Sugar Snap peas a true garden gem. Simple, delicious, and endlessly versatile.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Sam_Smith_-_Writer.jpg?v=1754591345\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- S.W. Smith\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eSugar Snap Pea Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e16 g Packet - Wholesale - Approximately 70 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e26 g - Wholesale - Approximately 120 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 250 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 2,080 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 10,400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 82,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"16g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":39108323656,"sku":"18639","price":3.09,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"26g Pkg (4x5)","offer_id":39108323784,"sku":"18864","price":3.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz Pkg (5x7)","offer_id":39108323464,"sku":"18557","price":6.17,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39108322824,"sku":"33948","price":11.37,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":39108323016,"sku":"33949","price":28.27,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":39108323144,"sku":"33951","price":99.81,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Pea-Seeds-Snap-Sugar-Snap-Comp.jpg?v=1762440536"},{"product_id":"pepper-sweet-banana-seeds","title":"Pepper Seeds - Sweet - Sweet Banana","description":"\u003cp\u003e70 Days to maturity (from transplant). \u003cem\u003eCapsicum annuum\u003c\/em\u003e. Sweet Banana Pepper Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, heirloom, sweet pepper with mild heat levels. Drought tolerant, heat tolerant.  0 to 500 Scoville Heat Units. 1941 AAS Winner. Suitable for growing in containers, garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. Also known as yellow wax peppers, the bright yellow fruits grown from Sweet Banana Pepper seeds are sweet and crunchy, averaging about 4-6 inches long. They make an excellent pickling pepper. Many growers use these peppers pickled on sandwiches and salads. You can even use these to make a sweet pepper jam or relish. Sweet Banana Pepper seeds are excellent for short-season climates, as they produce quickly. ~4,000 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eCapsicum annuum\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 Technically a tender perennial, but commonly grown as an annual. Perennial in zones 10 and 11.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70 (from transplant)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. Start Indoors 6-8 weeks before your last spring frost date. Harden off and transplant when seedlings are 6-8 inches tall. Bury the stem slightly deeper than the root ball. Avoid planting hot and sweet peppers right next to each other, as they can cross-pollinate, potentially affecting the flavors of your harvested peppers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peppers have perfect flowers (male and female parts) and will self-pollinate. However, wind and pollinator activity may increase success rates of fertilization and fruit production.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet - These peppers (think Bell Peppers) are almost all at 0 on the Scoville Scale, meaning that they have no heat at all. A handful of sweet peppers do register very low on the Scoville scale but are still classed as sweet peppers. For example, Pepperoncinis are sweet peppers but usually rank around 100 to 500 on the Scoville Scale. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e  12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScoville Heat Units:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 to 500\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeat Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mild - 100 to 2,500 on the Scoville Scale. Example: Poblano Ancho or Pepperoncini \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Early - Ready for harvest around 61 to 75 days from transplant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-draining, loose (sandy loam), slightly acidic (6.5 pH), and moisture retaining. Too much nitrogen in the soil may lead to more foliage production and less fruiting, similar to tomatoes. Peppers also need sufficient amounts of phosphorus and calcium. We recommend using a balanced fertilizer for the best results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F). During high heat, foliar and flower development slow or pause until temperatures return to the preferred range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80-90 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peppers are commonly susceptible to cutworms, aphids, flea beetles, bacterial spot, Phytophthora, sunscald, and blossom end rot. To avoid or reduce problems with pests and diseases, stick to a regular watering schedule (drip irrigation is preferred), plant into well-draining soils, and utilize practices such as crop rotation. When taking pest control measures, consider utilizing integrated pest management principles by using mechanical removal, biological control, and other cultural practices before turning to chemical agents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSweet Banana Pepper Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSweet Banana Pepper Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mild\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Container, Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Salads and sandwiches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003eDrought Tolerant, Heat Tolerant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Sweet Banana Peppers in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo start the germination process, use a seed-starting tray or small pots and a seed-starting mix, which is a light, nutrient-rich soil designed specifically for sprouting seeds. Fill your trays or pots with soil, plant the seeds about a quarter-inch deep, and gently water them. Keep the soil consistently moist but not waterlogged. Peppers love warmth, so place the tray in a warm spot or use a heat mat to maintain a soil temperature of around 70°F (21°C). With proper conditions, the seeds should sprout in 7-21.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnce your pepper seeds have germinated, they'll need abundant light to grow strong. If you’re growing them indoors, position your seedlings by a sunny window or use a grow light, ensuring they receive at least 8-10 hours of light each day. Rotate the trays periodically to avoid lopsided plants. Keep the soil moist and maintain a warm temperature. As your seedlings grow, the first set of leaves (called cotyledons) give way to true leaves. This is a sign your plants are getting stronger\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore moving your plants outdoors, they need to be adjusted to their new environment, a process known as \"hardening off.\" This involves gradually exposing the seedlings to outdoor conditions over a week. Start by placing them outside in a shaded, sheltered area for a few hours each day, slowly increasing their time outdoors. This helps prevent transplant shock, which can occur if plants are moved straight from a controlled environment to the outdoor elements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnce your seedlings are hardened off and the danger of frost has passed, it’s time to transplant them into the garden. Choose a sunny spot with well-draining soil. Space the plants about 1.5-2 feet apart in rows about 3 feet apart to give them room to grow. Dig a hole for each plant, gently remove it from its pot, and place it in the hole, covering the roots with soil. Tamp the soils lightly and water them well to help settle the soil around the roots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter transplanting, continue watering your pepper plants regularly, keeping the soil moist but not saturated. Mulching around the plants can help retain soil moistness and stop weeds. As your peppers grow, they may need support to stay erect, especially as they form fruit which can weigh the plant down. Stake the plants or use cages to provide support. You may also want to apply a balanced, slow-release fertilizer or compost to encourage healthy growth and fruit production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Sweet Banana Peppers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese peppers will be ready to harvest around 75 days after transplantation. They are most commonly harvested when yellow but can finish ripening indoors if necessary. This feature is particularly handy for preserving a harvest from the frost. Use shears or a knife to remove the peppers from the plant carefully. Eat fresh or store them in the refrigerator for up to two weeks (to avoid over-ripening) before eating or processing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Sweet Banana Pepper Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSweet banana peppers are typically 4 to 6 inches long and have a curved, cylindrical shape resembling a banana. They start off a pale yellow and mature to a rich orange or fiery red, though they are often harvested in their yellow stage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey boast a mild, sweet taste with a slight tang, making them much less spicy (0-500 Scoville Units) than many other pepper varieties. They are a favorite among those who prefer a milder flavor profile in their dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSweet banana peppers are not only tasty but also offer various health benefits. They are low in calories and contain vitamins A, C, and B6, along with fiber and a variety of minerals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen pickled, they add a delightful zing to charcuterie boards and are a staple in many Mediterranean and Eastern European cuisines. They're also fantastic for stuffing, thanks to their size and shape, and can be grilled, roasted, or sautéed, adding sweetness to various dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStories From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"One of my earliest memories of banana peppers is when I ate them for the first time. I thought they were so delicious that I over ate them over the course of the day and wasn’t able to eat them again for a few weeks. I was about 10 years old. I’m proud to say I’m back to eating them regularly again!\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"%E2%80%9Dhttps:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/scoville-heat-scale%E2%80%9D\" target=\"”_blank”\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScoville Heat Scale\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSweet Banana Pepper Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e300mg - Packet - Approximately 18 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e .25 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 1,700 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 6,800 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 27,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 108,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 544,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Sweet Banana Pepper seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"300mg Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":39108335048,"sku":"18646","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":39108334856,"sku":"33979","price":13.81,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39108334920,"sku":"33978","price":32.72,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39108334984,"sku":"33977","price":102.46,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":39365765234803,"sku":"51091","price":396.88,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/pepper-sweet-banana-seeds-Comp.jpg?v=1758824398"},{"product_id":"pumpkin-wee-b-little-seeds","title":"Pumpkin Seeds - Wee-B-Little","description":"\u003cp\u003eWee B Little Pumpkin is the perfect miniature pie pumpkin. This orange pumpkin was a AAS Winner for 1999. Wee B Little grows an orange pumpkin that is small enough for decorating, but big enough that you can still use it in the kitchen. This is a bush variety, and unlike vine varieties it doesn't take up a ton of space in the garden. \u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e \n\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Wee-B-Little Pumpkin Vegetable Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e \n\n\u003cul\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cucurbita pepo\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wee B Little\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 95 days\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-9 \u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 inches\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bush\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moist, well-draining\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 75-95°\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cucumber beetles, squash bugs, mold\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Orange\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003cbr\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eWee-B-Little Pumpkin Growth Habits:\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003e \n\nWee-B-Little Pumpkins are easy to grow from seed. This bush variety is good for more compact gardens but still needs room for good circulation to prevent mold. Pumpkins will be 8-12 ounces. Wee B Little Pumpkins are about the size of a softball. Very easy to grow from seed. \n\n\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cbr\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eVarious Uses for Wee-B-Little Pumpkin:\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003e \n\nWee-B-Little is one versatile pumpkin. The pumpkin variety is perfectly miniature. It is not too big or too small. it's small enough to put into a fall display, paint and big enough that it is a worthwhile candidate for roasting and baking. This is a great bush variety that can be used in many ways this fall. \n\n\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cbr\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eWee-B-Little Pumpkin Benefits:\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003e \n\nPumpkins have tremendous health benefits. The vitamin A in pumpkins helps to prevent eye disease. A great food for diabetics, pumpkin's fiber helps to regulate blood sugar. The vitamin C in pumpkin can help prevent illness like the common cold, and antioxidants can really help battle chronic illness. \n\n\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cbr\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eAdditional Information:\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eAAS Winner for 1999\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cbr\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\n\u003cul\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e4 g - Approximately 45 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 319 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 1,276 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 5,104 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 25,520 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 127,600 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"4 g Packet","offer_id":31961288867955,"sku":"48843","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":39108348232,"sku":"34088","price":8.11,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39108348296,"sku":"34087","price":16.14,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39108348424,"sku":"34086","price":44.05,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 Lb","offer_id":31977522561139,"sku":"49476","price":160.72,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":31977522757747,"sku":"49477","price":635.69,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/pumpkin-wee-b-little-seeds-comp.jpg?v=1759441189"},{"product_id":"radish-champion-vegetable-seeds","title":"Radish Seeds - Champion","description":"\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO, Heirloom, champion radish seeds. 25 days. AAS Winner. Recommended by USU. Deep scarlet, globe-shaped root is very firm and stands well without becoming pithy. Fresh, spicy-sweet flavor, Champion radishes boost juicing and is excellent for garnishing; adds spectacular cherry red color to salads, sandwiches, salsas, relishes, condiments, stir-fries, soups and also tacos and tortillas. Making your choice for kitchen or garden, Champion radish is ideal! Good shipper. Approx. 2,500 seeds \/ oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Use for This Seed:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/radish-champion-microgreens-seeds?variant=47665617160\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-microgreens.png?4946520050077590398\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eMicrogreen\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003cu\u003e\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Champion Radish Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarden Seed: heirloom (Raphanus Sativus)\"\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eAAS Winner, recommended by USU\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrowth Medium: Loose textured, moist soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGermination Rate: High\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHarvest time: 20-25 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeeds For Vegetable Gardening,\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003e microgreens, and sprouts\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eANNUAL, USDA Hardiness Zone--not intended to overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Deep scarlet with lush green leaves and globe-shaped, sturdy roots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlavor: Crisp white flesh, fresh radish flavor, somewhat spicy, with a crunchy texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eMountain Valley Seed Company Brand, Premium Quality Seeds\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese are \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eeasy and fun to grow for a beginner as well as a child\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e. Bright sunlight is preferred in most climates, but extreme temperatures can cause bolting and splitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant half to one inch deep in rows 12 inches apart. Required temperatures range below 80 degrees F. (27 C.) Soil should be kept moist. It can also be potted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003e \u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"8g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":39108357256,"sku":"18658","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":39365800296563,"sku":"19819","price":5.75,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39108357000,"sku":"34123","price":8.11,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39108357064,"sku":"34121","price":17.65,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":39108357128,"sku":"34122","price":53.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":39108357192,"sku":"12044","price":200.05,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Radish-Seeds-Champion-comp.jpg?v=1762440545"},{"product_id":"radish-cherry-belle-seeds","title":"Radish Seeds - Cherry Belle","description":"\u003cp\u003e21-28 days. Cherry Belle Radish Seeds. \u003cem\u003eRaphanus sativus\u003c\/em\u003e. Non-GMO. Heirloom. Visually stunning, uniform, and quick to maturity in about 25 days, Cherry Belle radish is one of the most reliable and recognizable vegetable seeds in the garden. Whether pickling, roasting, sauteeing, or slicing raw, Cherry Belle spring radish seeds boast a delicious balance of both sweet and spice that has made the delicate bunching radish a culinary delight. ~2,500 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Cherry Belle Radish Vegetable Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003eRaphanus sativus\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Annual 2-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 21-28\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-7\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-3 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-8 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bulbous rooted upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Loose, light, fertilized, well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50-70 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Watch for flea beetles and aphids. Water soil directly to avoid saturating greens known to cause mildew.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCherry Belle Radish Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bright red and magenta flesh with a white meat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCherry Belle Radish Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Zesty, spicy, and peppery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Grow Cherry Belle Radish from Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpring radish is a cool season crop best sown directly 4-6 weeks before final spring frost. Like many root vegetables, radish does not transplant well and should not be started indoors. Plant 2-3 seeds 1\/2\" deep and 1-2\" apart in very loose, Organic, well-drained soil with a pH of 6.5-7.0. Seeds germinate in 3-7 days, thinning out best starts to 2-3\" apart as true leaves establish. Minimize nitrogen content when fertilizing to reduce small spindly roots and excessive greens. Radish will bolt to seed in excessive summer heat if not provided afternoon shade or sown late.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCherry Belle Radish seeds grow as upright cool season biennials that are also planted as frost-resistant annuals. In temperate regions, radishes are fast-maturing and easy to germinate. Planting radish seeds in early fall or spring is a delight, as they pop up in the garden as cold hardy root vegetables full of nutritional value.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCherry Belle Radish in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpring radish is the smaller, shallow, and often pink or magenta variety that does not grow a deep taproot like winter radish. And whereas winter radish grows a broader, deeper root requiring 50-70 days until harvest, spring radish can be harvested as soon as 25 days and is one of the fastest maturing crops available. Try the classic Cherry Belle radish for a quick zesty harvest or fill the garden bed with unique French Breakfast, Purple Plum, or white Hailstone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCherry Belle Radish crops develop small red bulbs with edible green leaves and white flesh. As a member of the Brassicaceae family, related to cabbage and mustard plants, add crisp flavor and mild spice to salads with slices of cherry-red radishes!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eResists pithiness found in so many other radishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTops grow 3-4's and can be used in salads when small.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Cherry Belle Radish\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMany varieties of spring radish are ready to harvest in less than a month from sowing. Using a gardening fork, harvest as roots begin to show 1-2\" diameter above the soil. Sample one plant to determine if the rest of the crop is ready. Harvest radish promptly because roots will quickly spoil in the ground from heat and maturity. Some varieties of radish greens are edible and often used in pestos, salads, and sautes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStores for weeks in the fridge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Cherry Belle Radish Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eRaphanus sativus\u003c\/em\u003e. (28 days) Still the fastest producing radish!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs members of the \u003cem\u003eBrassicaeae\u003c\/em\u003e family and relatives to mustard and cabbage, \u003cem\u003eRaphanus sativus\u003c\/em\u003e varieties are fast-maturing and full of nutritional value, such as folic acid, vitamins E, B6 and calcium.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCherry Belle is a round, crunchy, crisp bright cherry red radish with an outstanding flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginally from Holland, Cherry Belle was created to do well in mucky clay soils but grows extremely well in most soils.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant about every two weeks for a continuous harvest until about June when it becomes too hot. Resume planting again September. Cherry Belle overwinters here on the West Coast. We use the tops to feed the rabbits and chickens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended by the Following State Universities or Ag Extension Offices as a variety that performs well for their region. \u003cstrong\u003eCA, FL, OR, TX\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCherry Belle Radish Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 g - Packet - Approx 700 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz- Wholesale - Approx 2,500 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Wholesale - Approx 10,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Wholesale - Approx 40,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk - Approx 200,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Bulk - Approx 1,000,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"8g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":39108358984,"sku":"18659","price":3.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39108358728,"sku":"34130","price":5.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39108358792,"sku":"34127","price":14.41,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":39108358856,"sku":"34128","price":45.12,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":39108358920,"sku":"18059","price":170.4,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Radish-Seeds-Cherry-Belle-Comp.jpg?v=1762440545"},{"product_id":"swiss-chard-bright-lights-seeds","title":"Swiss Chard Seeds - Bright Lights","description":"\u003cp\u003e55 days. AAS Winner for 1998. A vibrant new Swiss Chard. Distinguished by stems of many different colors - gold, pink, orange, purple, red, and white. This variety is a great choice for gardeners hoping to brighten up their garden. These plants are attractive in all stages of growth. They are vigorous and widely adapted. This variety also has a milder taste than ordinary chard. The Bright Lights Swiss Chard seed mix is a blend of colored chards. They should be grown in zones 6 and higher, and each stalk can be harvested around 55 days after planting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Bright Lights Swiss Chard Vegetable Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e beta vulgaris subsp. circla\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6+\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e ¼\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rich soil with a pH level of 6 to 6.4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cool\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full or Partial Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to Slugs and aphids\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green leaves with gold, pink, orange, purple, red and white stems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Similar to spinach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Directions:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBright Lights Swiss Chard is a plant that needs plenty of space, sunlight, and water to thrive. Be sure to keep around 18-24 inches between each row and plant when sowing seeds. They also need an area with full sun, and to be watered consistently throughout their growth period. The soil they are planted in should be sandy and rich; using a compost in it is an excellent idea, as long as any major clumps have been broken up. The soil should ideally have a pH between 6 and 6.4, but what is most important is that it is rich and moist while being well drained. Sow seeds in the spring just before the final frost of the season. These plants have some tolerance to the cold, but not too much. Sow them as soon as the soil can be worked by covering each one with about a quarter inch of soil. The swiss chard plants will grow to be beautiful and strong. After around 60 days, the leaves should be ready for harvest. Harvest them individually, or as an entire head. Keep the roots and the base of the Bright Lights Swiss chard plants intact so that they can continue to grow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFacts:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSwiss chard leaves are dense in nutrients and deliciously fresh and flavorful. The bright lights swiss chards are colorful and exciting as an addition to the garden and the kitchen table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 g - Approximately 100 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 1,100 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 4,450 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 17,480 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 88,400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 442,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"3 g Packet","offer_id":31979891818611,"sku":"48890","price":3.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"0.25 oz","offer_id":39110788424,"sku":"34265","price":5.26,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":39110788488,"sku":"34266","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39110788552,"sku":"34264","price":12.01,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39110788616,"sku":"34263","price":30.3,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":39365867798643,"sku":"51118","price":104.51,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":39365867929715,"sku":"51119","price":407.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/swiss-chard-bright-lights-seeds-Comp.jpg?v=1762440561"},{"product_id":"squash-winter-delicata-seeds","title":"Squash Seeds - Winter - Delicata","description":"\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Delicata Winter squash is ready in 100 days. This is one of the tastier winter vine squashes with creamy flesh tastes like sweet potatoes. This is where the other name, 'Sweet Potato Squash\" originates. Elongated fruit is 7 to 10 inches long, pale cream with green stripes and dots. Thinner skin than some other winter squashes reduces the storage potential to about a month, but oh, what flavor!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Delicata Winter Squash Vegetable Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cucurbita maxima\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet Potato Squash\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-9\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moist, well-draining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 75-95°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Squash bugs, cucumber beetles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pale cream, green stripes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet, creamy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelicata Winter Squash Growth Habits:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePut Sweet Potato Squash seeds directly into the ground when temperatures are consistently above 75°. Squash is relatively easy to grow, but it needs room. So be sure to plan your garden space carefully. Delicata squash will 7-10 inches long with pale cream skin. Squash will have green stripes with green flecks as well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVarious Uses for Delicata Winter Squash:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlice Delicata squash in half lengthwise and scoop out the insides. Toss with olive oil, and sprinkle with preferred seasonings. Bake in a 425° oven for 25 minutes (or until done). This is a beautiful addition to the table because you can keep the beautiful skin on when roasting and eating. Your dinner guests won't expect this side dish this fall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelicata Winter Squash Benefits:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDelicata Winter Squash is a great way to have a sweet side without the added sugar or sweeteners. Sweet Potato Squash is a good source of fiber, potassium, and other nutrients. This makes it a good candidate for digestion and blood health.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdditional Information:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 479 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 1,916 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 7,664 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 38,320 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"5g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":39110803144,"sku":"18678","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":39110802952,"sku":"34286","price":5.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39110803016,"sku":"34285","price":9.17,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39110803080,"sku":"34284","price":21.46,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 Lb","offer_id":31977543401587,"sku":"49500","price":69.26,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":31977544155251,"sku":"49501","price":265.26,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/squash-winter-delicata-seeds-wm_700_1222x1222_fd2f1a07-6e12-4a94-aba0-42e283b53421.jpg?v=1764634101"},{"product_id":"squash-summer-early-prolific-straightneck-seeds","title":"Squash Seeds - Summer - Early Prolific Straightneck","description":"\u003cp\u003e50-60 days. Early Prolific Straightneck Summer Squash Seeds. \u003cem\u003eCucurbita pepo\u003c\/em\u003e. Non-GMO. Open Pollinated. Non-GMO Early Prolific Staightneck Summer Squash is ready to harvest from the vine after 52 days. Early Prolific debuted as the 1938 AAS Vegetable Winner for uniform yellow squash best harvested when 7\" long. This is a very popular heirloom variety due to its buttery, nutty flavor, and tireless production. Plus, it's both early and prolific. Approx 313 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Early Prolific Straightneck Summer Squash Vegetable Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003eCucurbita pepo\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Annual 3-11\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50-60\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-14\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36-48 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36-48 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Leafy branching mound\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium moist, Organic, fertile, well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-85 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEarly Prolific Straighneck Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bright golden yellow fruits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEarly Prolific Straighneck Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mildly sweet and buttery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Monitor regularly for disease-carry pests such as squash bugs, squash borers, and cucumber beetles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Grow Early Prolific Straightneck Summer Squash from Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSummer squash thrives from frequent harvests and, if left unattended for even a day or two, will surprise with huge fruit. Summer squash seeds are a full sun staple able to be sown directly after final spring frost but, for earliest starts, begin indoors 3-4 weeks prior. Plant 2-3 squash seeds 1\" deep per cell, 4-6\" apart in Organic, moist, well-drained soil with a pH of 6.5-7.0.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether transplanting or sowing direct, plant summer squash seeds on 6-8\" tall mounds of soil to accommodate heavy vegetation. Seeds germinate in 4-14 days, thinning out best starts and indoors transplants to 24-36\" apart per mound. Summer squash benefits from a top layer of mulch to help cool soil and roots. Fertilize after the first set of blooms appear and again during fruiting stage. Squash becomes starchy and less flavorful when 18-24\" long.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eEarly Prolific Straightneck Summer Squash in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSummer squash boasts one of the most productive, reliable, and fastest growing crops available in the summer. Whether zucchini, crookneck, cousa, or Mexican squash, once these sun-loving squashes start fruiting, they'll continue producing non-stop all the way until the frost. Summer squash thrives from frequent harvests and, if left unattended for even a day or two, is notorious for spitting out unexpected 18-24\" monsters when you weren't looking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSquash seeds can be directly sown into the ground when temperatures are consistently warm. Squash needs over 3 feet of space and good ventilation for the fruit. Otherwise, there will be rotting and mildew. Squash will have a straight neck, and a buttery yellow color. Flesh of squash is smooth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Early Prolific Straightneck Summer Squash\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSummer squash is one of the fastest, most productive crops in the garden and, with frequent harvests, will continue to produce all the way until the frost. Most varieties are ready to harvest 50-60 days from sowing or ideally when 6-8\" long. Summer squash will quickly reach a starchy and less flavorful 18-24\" long if not harvested promptly. Using shears or a knife, carefully clip off fruits at the stem. Do not harvest young and tender squash by twisting or pulling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSquash will be ready to harvest in 58 days, and you can harvest every couple of days. Harvest yellow squash when it measures 5-6\". If you are harvesting squash blossoms, harvest in the morning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Early Prolific Straightneck Summer Squash Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCucurbita pepo\u003c\/em\u003e. (50-60 Days)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere are so many uses for Early Prolific Straightneck Summer Squash. This yellow squash is so easy to cook. Just slice it and saute with some olive oil, salt, and spices. it's delicious in a squash casserole. You can also throw it on the grill and eat it with some salmon and a salad. it's the perfect summer treat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn \u003cstrong\u003eAll American Selections Winner\u003c\/strong\u003e in 1938, Early Prolific Straightneck produces high yields of lemon-yellow slightly club shaped squash. Read all about Early Prolific Straightneck's debut as the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/all-americaselections.org\/product\/squash-early-prolific-straightneck\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e1938 All-America Selections Vegetable Winner\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis yellow squash has been the standard for squash for generations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEarly prolific squash is highly adaptable to many areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTastiest harvested when squash are 7\" long or smaller.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy far the most popular summer squash we sell.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eEarly Prolific Straightneck Summer Squash Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e7 g - Packet - Approx 77 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Wholesale - Approx 313 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Wholesale - Approx 1,252 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Bulk - Approx 5,008 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk - Approx 25,040 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Bulk - Approx 125,200 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Early Prolific Straightneck summer squash seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on orders over $75.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"7g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":39110806728,"sku":"18670","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":39110806472,"sku":"34307","price":6.27,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39110806536,"sku":"34306","price":9.82,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39110806600,"sku":"34304","price":23.18,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":39110806664,"sku":"34305","price":75.85,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":31977539797107,"sku":"49496","price":291.48,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Squash-Seeds-Summer-Early-Prolific-Straightneck-Comp.jpg?v=1762440564"},{"product_id":"spinach-giant-noble-seeds","title":"Spinach Seeds - Giant Noble","description":"\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO. Heirloom. Giant Noble Spinach Vegetable Garden Seed. \u003cem\u003eSpinacia oleracea\u003c\/em\u003e. The smooth and rich-green leaves of these spinach plants help provide this heirloom's name\" as Giant Noble Spinach leaves grow 25\" long! Also known as \"Smooth Leaf Spinach\" this verdant and subtly sweet vegetable produces for a long summer harvest and gives a savory flavor when cooked. Excellent variety for canning or freezing. The big thick leaves hold up well. 2,500 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis seed may only be shipped to the US and Canada.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGiant Noble Spinach Vegetable Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40-50 (leaves) 50+(seeds)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zones:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e ½-1 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\/spread\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fertile, Organic, composted, well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40-70 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun - partial shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to fungus and mildew from oversaturation. Monitor regularly for aphids and leaf miners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Large rich-green leaves, thick stem\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Grow Giant Noble Spinach from Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntroduced in the 1920s this has remained a popular spinach for some time now, which is saying something! Giant Nobel spinach is extremely large and has a spreading in habit. Mmmm could that be where it's name came from??? OK, for a spinach it is big! That means easy picking and cleaning. You know, getting that pesky sand off those leaves? It is a breeze with such big leaves. Giant Nobel is a slow bolt spinach. Plant it in late spring for heavy yields of giant, thick, dark green leaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpinach is a cool weather favorite able to be sown in early spring, late summer, or winters in warm enough regions. Spinach can be started indoors 4-6 weeks prior to final spring frost but, for best starts, sow directly outdoors 5-6 weeks prior to final spring frost. Sow 2-3 seeds 1\/2\" deep and 4\" apart in fertile, composted, well-drained soil with a pH of 6.5-7.0. Seeds germinate in 7-21 days thinning to 1 plant every 6-12\" in the garden as true leaves establish. Harvest large outer leaves often to boost production while allowing smaller leaves to continue to mature. Avoid nitrogen-rich fertilizers known to spoil spinach flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Harvest Spinach\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost varieties of spinach are ready to harvest 35-50 days from sowing. Spinach is one of the most productive and most popular \"cut and come again\" varieties in the home garden and takes only days for regrowth. Using scissors, simply snip larger outer leaves for harvest while allowing smaller leaves to continue vegetative growth. Harvest often to encourage production. Shoots that begin to bolt can be harvested to redirect plant energy from seed production to leafing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCulinary Uses of Spinach\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGiant Noble Spinach, also known as \"Smooth Leaf Spinach\" can be cooked similar to collard greens, to bring out its savory flavor. This large-leaf spinach heirloom is also a popular vegetable for canning. As a superfood, Giant Noble Spinach can provide you a meal that's packed with vitamins, such as a verdant and subtly sweet spinach salad, with raspberry vinaigrette, walnuts and goat cheese. The smooth leaves of Giant Noble Spinach make a popular green smoothie and breakfast option that's packed with vitamins. Not only do leafy greens such as spinach provide folic acid, it also has magnesium and iron. Pair your blended green spinach drink with fruit such as strawberries or lemon for a cleanse. Excellent variety for canning or freezing. The big thick leaves hold up well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFACT:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 1985 Seed Savers inventory listed spinach 72 varieties. That same inventory in 2009 listed only 21 varieties! This is why seed saving is so important. We are losing our food heritage literally! The more varieties, the greater number of genes that can carry resistance to disease and things yet unseen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 2,500 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 10,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 40,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lbs - Approximately 200,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lbs - Approximately 1 Million Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"8 g Packet","offer_id":39110810568,"sku":"18668","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39110810376,"sku":"34351","price":6.55,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39110810440,"sku":"34349","price":16.31,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":39110810504,"sku":"34350","price":52.53,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":39402421321843,"sku":"44465","price":199.94,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Spinach-Seeds-Giant-Noble-comp.jpg?v=1762440566"},{"product_id":"squash-summer-sunburst-hybrid-seeds","title":"Squash Seeds - Summer - Sunburst Hybrid","description":"\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Hybrid Sunburst Squash is a buttery-yellow scallop summer squash. Best picked when it grows 2-3 inches wide. Pattypan squash variety with a thin skin with a bush habit that is good for those low on space. Heavy producing, Sunburst Squash will produce for you all summer. The nuttier flavor makes this a little more interesting than your run-of-the-mill zucchini.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Sunburst Hybrid Summer Squash Vegetable Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cucurbita pepo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pattypan, Yellow Scallopini\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-9\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bush\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moist, well-draining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 65°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cucumber beetles, squash bugs, powdery mildew\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Buttery, tender\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSunburst Hybrid Summer Squash Growth Habits:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSunburst Pattypan Squash can be directly sown into the ground when warm temperatures arrive. Plant more than you think per row, and then once seedlings emerge, you can thin. Don't overwater your squash plants because they are susceptible to mildew. You will get multiple harvests throughout the season and taste better when harvested earlier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVarious Uses for Sunburst Hybrid Summer Squash:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYellow Scallopini has such a unique variety for summer squash. The texture is nutty and firm, and truly one of a kind. Sunburst squash can be used in stir-fries, on the grill, and even stuffed. Try slicing squash and placing it on the grill. Its interesting shape and yellow color will only be highlighted with grill marks and flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSunburst Hybrid Summer Squash Benefits:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePattypan squash packs a nutritional punch. It does have high levels of carbohydrates, but these carbs help the body more than others. Polysaccharides are high in antioxidants, be anti-inflammatory, and regulate blood sugar for diabetes. Summer squash is high in vitamin C, which is essential for a well-functioning immune system. Squash also has carotenoids which are necessary for your body to produce vitamin A.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdditional Information:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSunburst Hybrid Summer Squash is an AAS Winner and recommended by USU.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 282 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 4,512 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 22,560 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"10 Seed Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":39113449288,"sku":"18671","price":4.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100 Seeds","offer_id":39113449160,"sku":"34575","price":22.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1000 Seeds","offer_id":39113449224,"sku":"34576","price":122.41,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/squash-summer-sunburst-hybrid-seeds-Comp.jpg?v=1759441196"},{"product_id":"squash-winter-sunshine-hybrid-seeds","title":"Squash Seeds - Winter - Sunshine Hybrid","description":"\u003cp\u003eHybrid Sunshine Winter Squash is a kabocha squash that out-shines other varieties in side-by-side trials across North America. Sunshine is ready in 95 to 100 days. Hybrid Sunshine Squash has a distinctive vivid orange skin with bright golden orange flesh that is nutty, smooth, creamy, sweet, and stringless when steamed, baked, or microwaved. The 3 to 4 pound fruits are a flattened globe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Hybrid Sunshine Winter Squash Vegetable Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cucurbita maxima\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Kabocha\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 95 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-9\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moist, well-draining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cucumber beetle, squash bug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet, nutty, creamy, smooth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHybrid Sunshine Winter Squash Growth Habits:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant Hybrid Sunshine Winter Squash directly into the soil when temperatures warm. Give squash plenty of room to grow on the vine. Squash will form small-medium fruits. Harvest ripe fruit in the fall prior to protect from frost. Short 6 to 8 foot vines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVarious Uses for Hybrid Sunshine Winter Squash:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWinter squash is delicious when cooked. Roast hybrid Sunshine Winter Squash until it becomes creamy, soft, and sweet. This variety is perfect as a stuffing for ravioli, empanada, enchiladas, samosa, and even enchiladas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHybrid Sunshine Winter Squash Benefits:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSunshine Kabocha Squash contains many essential vitamins and nutrients. Vitamins A and C can really benefit you immune system. Vitamin B is great for energy. Iron, beta-carotene, calcium, and fiber can also be found in Sunshine squash.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdditional Information:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAAS Award Winner for 2004\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"bulleted\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 g - Approximately 14 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1\/4 oz - Approximately 50 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 200 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 800 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 3,200 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 16,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 80,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"2 g Packet","offer_id":31979782111347,"sku":"48886","price":5.19,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1\/4 oz","offer_id":39113460168,"sku":"34582","price":23.56,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":39113460296,"sku":"34583","price":79.21,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39113460488,"sku":"34581","price":249.91,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1 Lb","offer_id":31977562341491,"sku":"49521","price":841.28,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"5 Lb","offer_id":31977562603635,"sku":"49522","price":3388.84,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":31977563258995,"sku":"49523","price":13708.84,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/squash-winter-sunshine-hybrid-seeds-Comp.jpg?v=1762440571"},{"product_id":"squash-winter-table-king-bush-acorn-seeds","title":"Squash Seeds - Winter - Table King Bush Acorn","description":"\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Table King Bush Acorn squash is a winter squash that is ready in 75 days. Plant forms a vigorous and compact bush plant that produces 5-8 squash per season. This is the best alternative to Honey Bear Hybrid Winter Squash. Table King is the perfect winter squash choice if you are short on space. Flavor just keeps getting better in storage. AAS Award Winner 1974.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Table King Bush Acorn Squash Vegetable Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cucurbirta pepo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Table King\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 75 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-9\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bush\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moist, well-draining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Squash bug, cucumber beetle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dark green exterior, orange flesh\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable King Bush Acorn Squash Growth Habits:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDirect sow winter squash seeds directly into garden soil. Unlike other squash varieties that just seem to meander around the garden on vines, Table King Bush Acorn forms fruit on a bush. Two-pound acorn squash is the perfect size for roasting. The plant will form a glossy, ribbed, dark green exterior after 75 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVarious Uses for Table King Bush Acorn Squash:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAcorn squash is the perfect roasting squash. Drizzle Table King Bush Acorn Squash with butter and brown sugar. Bake in a 400° oven for twenty minutes. Acorn squash is a great way to eat something sweet without a ton of extra sugar. This squash is already really sweet on its own. This variety of squash only gets sweeter in winter storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable King Bush Acorn Squash Benefits:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHave you grown frustrated growing squash that takes up too much precious garden space? This is the squash for you! King Bush Acorn Squash is a great option for a space-saving squash. It is also full of nutrition. It is an excellent source of vitamins C, K, E, and fiber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdditional Information:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll American Selection (AAS) in 1974\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 365 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 1,460 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 5,840 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 29,200 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"5g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":39113464968,"sku":"18676","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":39113464648,"sku":"34599","price":7.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39113464712,"sku":"34598","price":13.57,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39113464776,"sku":"34597","price":35.16,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":39113464904,"sku":"37865","price":123.97,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":31977554575475,"sku":"49514","price":486.12,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/squash-winter-table-king-bush-acorn-seeds-comp.jpg?v=1759441198"}],"url":"https:\/\/store.trueleafmarket.com\/collections\/aas-winners\/zone-8.oembed?page=6","provider":"True Leaf Market","version":"1.0","type":"link"}